Preparing for release of 3.0.7

This will give 3.0.7 the standard timeout handling with just a few
improvements: a fix for the detection of recent sender I/O, the use
of MSG_DATA for really old rsync versions, and better setting of
select_timeout for shorter timeout settings.

.gitignore

@@ -3,10 +3,13 @@
 dummy
 ID
 Makefile
+Makefile.old
 configure.sh
+configure.sh.old
 config.cache
 config.h
 config.h.in
+config.h.in.old
 config.log
 config.status
 /proto.h
@@ -32,6 +35,7 @@ config.status
 /rounding.h
 /doc/rsync.pdf
 /doc/rsync.ps
+/support/savetransfer
 /testsuite/chown-fake.test
 /testsuite/devices-fake.test
 /patches

Makefile.in

@@ -59,15 +59,15 @@ CHECK_OBJS=tls.o getgroups.o getfsdev.o t_stub.o t_unsafe.o trimslash.o wildtest
 	$(CC) -I. -I$(srcdir) $(CFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) -c $< @CC_SHOBJ_FLAG@
 @OBJ_RESTORE@
 
-all: conf_stop make_stop rsync$(EXEEXT) @MAKE_MAN@
+all: Makefile rsync$(EXEEXT) @MAKE_MAN@
 
 install: all
 	-mkdir -p ${DESTDIR}${bindir}
 	${INSTALLCMD} ${INSTALL_STRIP} -m 755 rsync$(EXEEXT) ${DESTDIR}${bindir}
 	-mkdir -p ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man1
 	-mkdir -p ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man5
-	if test -f $(srcdir)/rsync.1; then ${INSTALLMAN} -m 644 $(srcdir)/rsync.1 ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man1; fi
-	if test -f $(srcdir)/rsyncd.conf.5; then ${INSTALLMAN} -m 644 $(srcdir)/rsyncd.conf.5 ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man5; fi
+	if test -f rsync.1; then ${INSTALLMAN} -m 644 rsync.1 ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man1; fi
+	if test -f rsyncd.conf.5; then ${INSTALLMAN} -m 644 rsyncd.conf.5 ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man5; fi
 
 install-strip:
 	$(MAKE) INSTALL_STRIP='-s' install
@@ -123,35 +123,63 @@ gensend: gen
 conf:
 	cd $(srcdir) && $(MAKE) -f prepare-source.mak conf
 
-conf_stop: configure.sh config.h.in
-
 configure.sh config.h.in: configure.in aclocal.m4
+	@if test -f configure.sh; then cp -p configure.sh configure.sh.old; else touch configure.sh.old; fi
+	@if test -f config.h.in; then cp -p config.h.in config.h.in.old; else touch config.h.in.old; fi
 	autoconf -o configure.sh
 	autoheader && touch config.h.in
-	@echo 'Configure files changed -- perhaps run:'
-	@echo '  make reconfigure'
-	@exit 1
+	@if diff configure.sh configure.sh.old >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+	    echo "configure.sh is unchanged."; \
+	    rm configure.sh.old; \
+	else \
+	    echo "configure.sh has CHANGED."; \
+	fi
+	@if diff config.h.in config.h.in.old >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+	    echo "config.h.in is unchanged."; \
+	    rm config.h.in.old; \
+	else \
+	    echo "config.h.in has CHANGED."; \
+	fi
+	@if test -f configure.sh.old -o -f config.h.in.old; then \
+	    if test "$(MAKECMDGOALS)" = reconfigure; then \
+		echo 'Continuing with "make reconfigure".'; \
+	    else \
+		echo 'You may need to run:'; \
+		echo '  make reconfigure'; \
+		exit 1; \
+	    fi \
+	fi
 
 reconfigure: configure.sh
 	./config.status --recheck
 	./config.status
 
-make_stop: Makefile
-
-Makefile: Makefile.in config.status
+Makefile: Makefile.in config.status configure.sh config.h.in
+	@if test -f Makefile; then cp -p Makefile Makefile.old; else touch Makefile.old; fi
 	@./config.status
-	@echo "Makefile updated -- rerun your make command."
-	@exit 1
+	@if diff Makefile Makefile.old >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+	    echo "Makefile is unchanged."; \
+	    rm Makefile.old; \
+	else \
+	    if test "$(MAKECMDGOALS)" = reconfigure; then \
+		echo 'Continuing with "make reconfigure".'; \
+	    else \
+		echo "Makefile updated -- rerun your make command."; \
+		exit 1; \
+	    fi \
+	fi
 
 proto: proto.h-tstamp
 
 proto.h: proto.h-tstamp
-	@echo ' ' >/dev/null
+	@if test -f proto.h; then :; else cp -p $(srcdir)/proto.h .; fi
 
-proto.h-tstamp: $(srcdir)/*.c $(srcdir)/lib/compat.c
+proto.h-tstamp: $(srcdir)/*.c $(srcdir)/lib/compat.c config.h
 	perl $(srcdir)/mkproto.pl $(srcdir)/*.c $(srcdir)/lib/compat.c
 
 man: rsync.1 rsyncd.conf.5
+	@if test -f rsync.1; then :; else cp -p $(srcdir)/rsync.1 .; fi
+	@if test -f rsyncd.conf.5; then :; else cp -p $(srcdir)/rsyncd.conf.5 .; fi
 
 rsync.1: rsync.yo
 	yodl2man -o rsync.1 $(srcdir)/rsync.yo
@@ -163,7 +191,7 @@ rsyncd.conf.5: rsyncd.conf.yo
 
 clean: cleantests
 	rm -f *~ $(OBJS) $(CHECK_PROGS) $(CHECK_OBJS) $(CHECK_SYMLINKS) \
-		rounding rounding.h
+		rounding rounding.h *.old
 
 cleantests:
 	rm -rf ./testtmp*

NEWS

@@ -1,18 +1,64 @@
-NEWS for rsync 3.0.2 (8 Apr 2008)
+NEWS for rsync 3.0.7 (31 Dec 2009)
 Protocol: 30 (unchanged)
-Changes since 3.0.1:
+Changes since 3.0.6:
 
   BUG FIXES:
 
-    - Fixed a potential buffer overflow in the xattr code.
+    - Fixed a bogus free when using --xattrs with --backup.
 
-  ENHANCEMENTS:
+    - Avoid an error when --dry-run  was trying to stat a prior hard-link file
+      that hasn't really been created.
 
-    - None.
+    - Fixed a problem with --compress (-z) where the receiving side could
+      return the error "inflate (token) returned -5".
+
+    - Fixed a bug where --delete-during could delete in a directory before it
+      noticed that the sending side sent an I/O error for that directory (both
+      sides of the transfer must be at least 3.0.7).
+
+    - Improved --skip-compress's error handling of bad character-sets and got
+      rid of a lingering debug fprintf().
+
+    - Fixed the daemon's conveyance of io_error value from the sender.
+
+    - An rsync daemon use seteuid() (when available) if it used setuid().
+
+    - Get the permissions right on a --fake-super transferred directory that
+      needs more owner permissions to emulate root behavior.
+
+    - An absolute-path filter rule (i.e. with a '/' modifier) no longer loses
+      its modifier when sending the filter rules to the remote rsync.
+
+    - Improved the "--delete does not work without -r or -d" message.
+
+    - Improved rsync's handling of --timeout to avoid a weird timeout case
+      where the sender could timeout even though it has recently written data
+      to the socket (but hasn't read data recently, due to the writing).
+
+    - Some misc manpage improvements.
+
+    - Fixed the chmod-temp-dir testsuite on a system without /var/tmp.
+
+    - Make sure that a timeout specified in the daemon's config is used as a
+      maximum timeout value when the user also specifies a timeout.
+
+    - Improved the error-exit reporting when rsync gets an error trying to
+      cleanup after an error:  the initial error is reported.
+
+    - Improved configure's detection of IPv6 for solaris and cygwin.
+
+    - The AIX sysacls routines will now return ENOSYS if ENOTSUP is missing.
+
+    - Made our (only used if missing) getaddrinfo() routine use inet_pton()
+      (which we also provide) instead of inet_aton().
+
+    - The exit-related debug messages now mention the program's role so it is
+      clear who output what message.
 
   DEVELOPER RELATED:
 
-    - The RPM spec file was improved to install more useful files.
+    - Got rid of type-punned compiler warnings output by newer gcc versions.
 
-    - A few developer-oriented scripts were moved from the support dir
-      to the packaging dir.
+    - The Makefile now ensures that proto.h will be rebuilt if config.h changes.
+
+    - The testsuite no longer uses "id -u", so it works better on solaris.

OLDNEWS

@@ -1,3 +1,301 @@
+NEWS for rsync 3.0.6 (8 May 2009)
+Protocol: 30 (unchanged)
+Changes since 3.0.5:
+
+  BUG FIXES:
+
+    - Fixed a --read-batch hang when rsync is reading a batch file that was
+      created from an incremental-recursion transfer.
+
+    - Fixed the daemon's socket code to handle the simultaneous arrival of
+      multiple connections.
+
+    - Fix --safe-links/--copy-unsafe-links to properly handle symlinks that
+      have consecutive slashes in the value.
+
+    - Fixed the parsing of an [IPv6_LITERAL_ADDR] when a USER@ is prefixed.
+
+    - The sender now skips a (bogus) symlink that has a 0-length value, which
+      avoids a transfer error in the receiver.
+
+    - Fixed a case where the sender could die with a tag-0 error if there was
+      an I/O during the sending of the file list.
+
+    - Fixed the rrsync script to avoid a server-side problem when -e is at the
+      start of the short options.
+
+    - Fixed a problem where a vanished directory could turn into an exit code
+      23 instead of the proper exit code 24.
+
+    - Fixed the --iconv conversion of symlinks when doing a local copy.
+
+    - Fixed a problem where --one-file-system was not stopping deletions on the
+      receiving side when a mount-point directory did not match a directory in
+      the transfer.
+
+    - Fixed the dropping of an ACL mask when no named ACL values were present.
+
+    - Fixed an ACL/xattr corruption issue where the --backup option could cause
+      rsync to associate the wrong ACL/xattr information with received files.
+
+    - Fixed the use of --xattrs with --only-write-batch.
+
+    - Fixed the use of --dry-run with --read-batch.
+
+    - Fixed configure's erroneous use of target.
+
+    - Fixed configure's --disable-debug option.
+
+    - Fixed a run-time issue for systems that can't find iconv_open() by adding
+      the --disable-iconv-open configure option.
+
+    - Complain and die if the user tries to combine --remove-source-files (or
+      the deprecated --remove-sent-files) with --read-batch.
+
+    - Fixed an failure transferring special files from Solaris to Linux.
+
+
+NEWS for rsync 3.0.5 (28 Dec 2008)
+Protocol: 30 (unchanged)
+Changes since 3.0.4:
+
+  BUG FIXES:
+
+    - Initialize xattr data in a couple spots in the hlink code, which avoids a
+      crash when the xattr pointer's memory happens to start out non-zero.
+      Also fixed the itemizing of an alt-dest file's xattrs when hard-linking.
+
+    - Don't send a bogus "-" option to an older server if there were no short
+      options specified.
+
+    - Fixed skipping of unneeded updates in a batch file when incremental
+      recursion is active.  Added a test for this.  Made batch-mode handle
+      "redo" files properly (and without hanging).
+
+    - Fix the %P logfile escape when the daemon logs from inside a chroot.
+
+    - Fixed the use of -s (--protect-args) when used with a remote source or
+      destination that had an empty path (e.g. "host:").  Also fixed a problem
+      when -s was used when accessing a daemon via a remote-shell.
+
+    - Fixed the use of a dot-dir path (e.g. foo/./bar) inside a --files-from
+      file when the root of the transfer isn't the current directory.
+
+    - Fixed a bug with "-K --delete" removing symlinks to directories when
+      incremental recursion is active.
+
+    - Fixed a hard to trigger hang when using --remove-source-files.
+
+    - Got rid of an annoying delay when accessing a daemon via a remote-shell.
+
+    - Properly ignore (superfluous) source args on a --read-batch command.
+
+    - Improved the manpage's description of the '*' wildcard to remove the
+      confusing "non-empty" qualifier.
+
+    - Fixed reverse lookups in the compatibility-library version of
+      getnameinfo().
+
+    - Fixed a bug when using --sparse on a sparse file that has over 2GB of
+      consecutive sparse data.
+
+    - Avoid a hang when using at least 3 --verbose options on a transfer with a
+      client sender (which includes local copying).
+
+    - Fixed a problem with --delete-delay reporting an error when it was ready
+      to remove a directory that was now gone.
+
+    - Got rid of a bunch of "warn_unused_result" compiler warnings.
+
+    - If an ftruncate() on a received file fails, it now causes a partial-
+      transfer warning.
+
+    - Allow a path with a leading "//" to be preserved (CYGWIN only).
+
+  ENHANCEMENTS:
+
+    - Made the support/atomic-rsync script able to perform a fully atomic
+      update of the copied hierarchy when the destination is setup using a
+      particular symlink idiom.
+
+
+NEWS for rsync 3.0.4 (6 Sep 2008)
+Protocol: 30 (unchanged)
+Changes since 3.0.3:
+
+  BUG FIXES:
+
+    - Fixed a bug in the hard-linking code where it would sometimes try to
+      allocate 0 bytes of memory (which fails on some OSes, such as AIX).
+
+    - Fixed the hard-linking of files from a device that has a device number
+      of 0 (which seems to be a common device number on NetBSD).
+
+    - Fixed the handling of a --partial-dir that cannot be created.  This
+      particularly impacts the --delay-updates option (since the files cannot
+      be delayed without a partial-dir), and was potentially destructive if
+      the --remove-source-files was also specified.
+
+    - Fixed a couple issues in the --fake-super handling of xattrs when the
+      destination files have root-level attributes (e.g. selinux values) that
+      a non-root copy can't affect.
+
+    - Improved the keep-alive check in the generator to fire consistently in
+      incremental-recursion mode when --timeout is enabled.
+
+    - The --iconv option now converts the content of a symlink too, instead
+      of leaving it in the wrong character-set (requires 3.0.4 on both sides
+      of the transfer).
+
+    - When using --iconv, if a filename fails to convert on the receiving side,
+      this no longer makes deletions in the root-dir of the transfer fail
+      silently (the user now gets a warning about deletions being disabled
+      due to IO error as long as --ignore-errors was not specified).
+
+    - When using --iconv, if a server-side receiver can't convert a filename,
+      the error message sent back to the client no longer mangles the name
+      with the wrong charset conversion.
+
+    - Fixed a potential alignment issue in the IRIX ACL code when allocating
+      the initial "struct acl" object.  Also, cast mallocs to avoid warnings.
+
+    - Changed some errors that were going to stdout to go to stderr.
+
+    - Made human_num() and human_dnum() able to output a negative number
+      (rather than outputting a cryptic string of punctuation).
+
+  ENHANCEMENTS:
+
+    - Rsync will avoid sending an -e option to the server if an older protocol
+      is requested (and thus the option would not be useful).  This lets the
+      user specify the --protocol=29 option to access an overly-restrictive
+      server that is rejecting the protocol-30 use of -e to the server.
+
+    - Improved the message output for an RERR_PARTIAL exit.
+
+  DEVELOPER RELATED:
+
+    - The Makefile will not halt for just a timestamp change on the Makefile
+      or the configure files, only for actual changes in content.
+
+    - Changed some commands in the testsuite's xattrs.test that called "rsync"
+      instead of "$RSYNC".
+
+    - Enhanced the release scripts to be able to handle a branch release and
+      to do even more consistency checks on the files.
+
+
+NEWS for rsync 3.0.3 (29 Jun 2008)
+Protocol: 30 (unchanged)
+Changes since 3.0.2:
+
+  BUG FIXES:
+
+    - Fixed a wildcard matching problem in the daemon when a module has
+      "use chroot" enabled.
+
+    - Fixed a crash bug in the hard-link code.
+
+    - Fixed the sending of xattr directory information when the code finds a
+      --link-dest or --copy-dest directory with unchanged xattrs -- the
+      destination directory now gets these unchanged xattrs properly applied.
+
+    - Fixed an xattr-sending glitch that could cause an "Internal abbrev"
+      error.
+
+    - Fixed the combination of --xattrs and --backup.
+
+    - The generator no longer allows a '.' dir to be excluded by a daemon-
+      exclude rule.
+
+    - Fixed deletion handling when copying a single, empty directory (with no
+      files) to a differently named, non-existent directory.
+
+    - Fixed the conversion of spaces into dashes in the %M log escape.
+
+    - Fixed several places in the code that were not returning the right
+      errno when a function failed.
+
+    - Fixed the backing up of a device or special file into a backup dir.
+
+    - Moved the setting of the socket options prior to the connect().
+
+    - If rsync exits in the middle of a --progress output, it now outputs a
+      newline to help prevent the progress line from being overwritten.
+
+    - Fixed a problem with how a destination path with a trailing slash or
+      a trailing dot-dir was compared against the daemon excludes.
+
+    - Fixed the sending of large (size > 16GB) files when talking to an older
+      rsync (protocols < 30):  we now use a compatible block size limit.
+
+    - If a file's length is so huge that we overflow a checksum buffer count
+      (i.e. several hundred TB), warn the user and avoid sending an invalid
+      checksum struct over the wire.
+
+    - If a source arg is excluded, --relative no longer adds the excluded
+      arg's implied dirs to the transfer.  This fix also made the exclude
+      check happen in the better place in the sending code.
+
+    - Use the overflow_exit() function for overflows, not out_of_memory().
+
+    - Improved the code to better handle a system that has only 32-bit file
+      offsets.
+
+  ENHANCEMENTS:
+
+    - The rsyncd.conf manpage now consistently refers to the parameters in
+      the daemon config file as "parameters".
+
+    - The description of the --inplace option was improved.
+
+  EXTRAS:
+
+    - Added a new script in the support directory, deny-rsync, which allows
+      an admin to (temporarily) replace the rsync command with a script that
+      sends an error message to the remote client via the rsync protocol.
+
+  DEVELOPER RELATED:
+
+    - Fixed a testcase failure if the tests are run as root and made some
+      compatibility improvements.
+
+    - Improved the daemon tests, including checking module comments, the
+      listing of files, and the ensuring that daemon excludes can't affect
+      a dot-dir arg.
+
+    - Improved some build rules for those that build in a separate directory
+      from the source, including better install rules for the man pages, and
+      the fixing of a proto.h-tstamp rule that could make the binaries get
+      rebuild without cause.
+
+    - Improved the testsuite to work around a problem with some utilities
+      (e.g. cp -p & touch -r) rounding sub-second timestamps.
+
+    - Ensure that the early patches don't cause any generated-file hunks to
+      bleed-over into patches that follow.
+
+
+NEWS for rsync 3.0.2 (8 Apr 2008)
+Protocol: 30 (unchanged)
+Changes since 3.0.1:
+
+  BUG FIXES:
+
+    - Fixed a potential buffer overflow in the xattr code.
+
+  ENHANCEMENTS:
+
+    - None.
+
+  DEVELOPER RELATED:
+
+    - The RPM spec file was improved to install more useful files.
+
+    - A few developer-oriented scripts were moved from the support dir
+      to the packaging dir.
+
+
 NEWS for rsync 3.0.1 (3 Apr 2008)
 Protocol: 30 (unchanged)
 Changes since 3.0.0:
@@ -270,6 +568,11 @@ Changes since 2.6.9:
     - Fixed rsync's ability to remove files that are not writable by the file's
       owner when rsync is running as the same user.
 
+    - When transferring large files, the sender's hashtable of checksums is
+      kept at a more reasonable state of fullness (no more than 80% full) so
+      that the scanning of the hashtable will not bog down as the number of
+      blocks increases.
+
   ENHANCEMENTS:
 
     - A new incremental-recursion algorithm is now used when rsync is talking
@@ -2725,6 +3028,11 @@ Changes since 2.4.6:
 
 Partial Protocol History
 	RELEASE DATE	VER.	DATE OF COMMIT*	PROTOCOL
+	31 Dec 2009	3.0.7			30
+	08 May 2009	3.0.6			30
+	28 Dec 2008	3.0.5			30
+	06 Sep 2008	3.0.4			30
+	29 Jun 2008	3.0.3			30
 	08 Apr 2008	3.0.2			30
 	03 Apr 2008	3.0.1			30
 	01 Mar 2008	3.0.0	11 Nov 2006	30

README

@@ -1,122 +1,135 @@
 WHAT IS RSYNC?
 --------------
 
-rsync is a replacement for scp/rcp that has many more features.
+Rsync is a fast and extraordinarily versatile file copying tool for
+both remote and local files.
 
-rsync uses the "rsync algorithm" which provides a very fast method for
-bringing remote files into sync. It does this by sending just the
+Rsync uses a delta-transfer algorithm which provides a very fast method
+for bringing remote files into sync.  It does this by sending just the
 differences in the files across the link, without requiring that both
-sets of files are present at one of the ends of the link beforehand.
-At first glance this may seem impossible because the calculation of
-diffs between two files normally requires local access to both
-files. 
+sets of files are present at one of the ends of the link beforehand.  At
+first glance this may seem impossible because the calculation of diffs
+between two files normally requires local access to both files.
 
-A technical report describing the rsync algorithm is included with
-this package. 
+A technical report describing the rsync algorithm is included with this
+package.
 
 
 USAGE
 -----
 
-Basically you use rsync just like rcp, but rsync has many additional
-options.  To get a complete list of supported options type
+Basically you use rsync just like scp, but rsync has many additional
+options.  To get a complete list of supported options type:
 
-  rsync --help
+    rsync --help
 
-and see the manual for more information.
+See the manpage for more detailed information.
 
 
 SETUP
 -----
 
-Rsync normally uses ssh or rsh for communication.  It does not need to
-be setuid and requires no special privileges for installation.  You
-must, however, have a working ssh or rsh system.  Using ssh is
-recommended for its security features.
+Rsync normally uses ssh or rsh for communication with remote systems.
+It does not need to be setuid and requires no special privileges for
+installation.  You must, however, have a working ssh or rsh system.
+Using ssh is recommended for its security features.
 
 Alternatively, rsync can run in `daemon' mode, listening on a socket.
 This is generally used for public file distribution, although
 authentication and access control are available.
 
-To install rsync, first run the "configure" script. This will create a
-Makefile and config.h appropriate for your system. Then type
-"make". 
+To install rsync, first run the "configure" script.  This will create a
+Makefile and config.h appropriate for your system.  Then type "make".
 
 Note that on some systems you will have to force configure not to use
 gcc because gcc may not support some features (such as 64 bit file
-offsets) that your system may support. Set the environment variable CC
+offsets) that your system may support.  Set the environment variable CC
 to the name of your native compiler before running configure in this
-case. 
+case.
 
 Once built put a copy of rsync in your search path on the local and
-remote systems (or use "make install"). That's it!
+remote systems (or use "make install").  That's it!
+
 
 RSYNC DAEMONS
 -------------
 
-rsync can also talk to "rsync daemons" which can provide anonymous or
-authenticated rsync. See the rsyncd.conf(5) man page for details on how
-to setup an rsync daemon. See the rsync(1) man page for info on how to
+Rsync can also talk to "rsync daemons" which can provide anonymous or
+authenticated rsync.  See the rsyncd.conf(5) man page for details on how
+to setup an rsync daemon.  See the rsync(1) man page for info on how to
 connect to an rsync daemon.
 
 
-MAILING LIST
-------------
+WEB SITE
+--------
 
-There is a mailing list for the discussion of rsync and its
-applications. It is open to anyone to join. I will announce new
-versions on this list. 
+The main rsync web site is here:
 
-To join the mailing list see the web page at http://lists.samba.org/
+    http://rsync.samba.org/
 
-To send mail to everyone on the list send it to rsync@lists.samba.org
+You'll find a FAQ list, downloads, resources, HTML versions of the
+manpages, etc.
+
+
+MAILING LISTS
+-------------
+
+There is a mailing list for the discussion of rsync and its applications
+that is open to anyone to join.  New releases are announced on this
+list, and there is also an announcement-only mailing list for those that
+want official announcements.  See the mailing-list page for full
+details:
+
+    http://rsync.samba.org/lists.html
 
 
 BUG REPORTS
 -----------
 
-If you have web access then please look at
+To visit this web page for full the details on bug reporting:
 
-  http://rsync.samba.org/
+    http://rsync.samba.org/bugzilla.html
 
-That page contains links to the current bug list, and information on
-how to report a bug well.  You might also like to try searching the
-internet for the error message you've received, or looking in the
-mailing list archives at
+That page contains links to the current bug list, and information on how
+to report a bug well.  You might also like to try searching the Internet
+for the error message you've received, or looking in the mailing list
+archives at:
 
-  http://mail-archive.com/rsync@lists.samba.org/
+    http://mail-archive.com/rsync@lists.samba.org/
 
 To send a bug report, follow the instructions on the bug-tracking
 page of the web site.
 
-If you don't have web access, email your bug report to
-rsync@lists.samba.org.
+Alternately, email your bug report to rsync@lists.samba.org .
 
 
-CVS TREE
---------
+GIT REPOSITORY
+--------------
 
 If you want to get the very latest version of rsync direct from the
-source code repository then you can use anonymous cvs. You will need a
-recent version of cvs then use the following commands:
+source code repository then you can use git:
 
-	cvs -d :pserver:cvs@pserver.samba.org:/cvsroot login
-	Password: cvs
+    git clone git://git.samba.org/rsync.git
 
-	cvs -d :pserver:cvs@pserver.samba.org:/cvsroot co rsync
+See the download page for full details on all the ways to grab the
+source, including nightly tar files, web-browsing of the git repository,
+etc.:
 
-Look at the cvs documentation for more details.
+    http://rsync.samba.org/download.html
 
 
 COPYRIGHT
 ---------
 
-rsync was originally written by Andrew Tridgell and has been improved
-by many developers around the world.  rsync may be used, modified and
-redistributed only under the terms of the GNU General Public License,
-found in the file COPYING in this distribution, or at 
+Rsync was originally written by Andrew Tridgell and is currently
+maintained by Wayne Davison.   It has been improved by many developers
+from around the world.
 
-  http://www.fsf.org/licenses/gpl.html
+Rsync may be used, modified and redistributed only under the terms of
+the GNU General Public License, found in the file COPYING in this
+distribution, or at:
+
+    http://www.fsf.org/licenses/gpl.html
 
 
 AVAILABILITY

access.c

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
  * Routines to authenticate access to a daemon (hosts allow/deny).
  *
  * Copyright (C) 1998 Andrew Tridgell
- * Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2004-2009 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by

acls.c

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (C) 1996 Andrew Tridgell
  * Copyright (C) 1996 Paul Mackerras
- * Copyright (C) 2006-2008 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2006-2009 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -88,6 +88,9 @@ static const rsync_acl empty_rsync_acl = {
 static item_list access_acl_list = EMPTY_ITEM_LIST;
 static item_list default_acl_list = EMPTY_ITEM_LIST;
 
+static size_t prior_access_count = (size_t)-1;
+static size_t prior_default_count = (size_t)-1;
+
 /* === Calculations on ACL types === */
 
 static const char *str_acl_type(SMB_ACL_TYPE_T type)
@@ -137,7 +140,8 @@ static void rsync_acl_strip_perms(rsync_acl *racl)
 	else {
 		if (racl->group_obj == racl->mask_obj)
 			racl->group_obj = NO_ENTRY;
-		racl->mask_obj = NO_ENTRY;
+		if (racl->names.count != 0)
+			racl->mask_obj = NO_ENTRY;
 	}
 	racl->other_obj = NO_ENTRY;
 }
@@ -749,14 +753,7 @@ static int recv_rsync_acl(item_list *racl_list, SMB_ACL_TYPE_T type, int f)
 	/* If we received a superfluous mask, throw it away. */
 	duo_item->racl.mask_obj = NO_ENTRY;
 #else
-	if (!duo_item->racl.names.count) {
-		/* If we received a superfluous mask, throw it away. */
-		if (duo_item->racl.mask_obj != NO_ENTRY) {
-			/* Mask off the group perms with it first. */
-			duo_item->racl.group_obj &= duo_item->racl.mask_obj | NO_ENTRY;
-			duo_item->racl.mask_obj = NO_ENTRY;
-		}
-	} else if (duo_item->racl.mask_obj == NO_ENTRY) /* Must be non-empty with lists. */
+	if (duo_item->racl.names.count && duo_item->racl.mask_obj == NO_ENTRY) /* Must be non-empty with lists. */
 		duo_item->racl.mask_obj = (computed_mask_bits | duo_item->racl.group_obj) & ~NO_ENTRY;
 #endif
 
@@ -794,17 +791,50 @@ static int cache_rsync_acl(rsync_acl *racl, SMB_ACL_TYPE_T type, item_list *racl
 
 /* Turn the ACL data in stat_x into cached ACL data, setting the index
  * values in the file struct. */
-void cache_acl(struct file_struct *file, stat_x *sxp)
+void cache_tmp_acl(struct file_struct *file, stat_x *sxp)
 {
+	if (prior_access_count == (size_t)-1)
+		prior_access_count = access_acl_list.count;
+
 	F_ACL(file) = cache_rsync_acl(sxp->acc_acl,
 				      SMB_ACL_TYPE_ACCESS, &access_acl_list);
 
 	if (S_ISDIR(sxp->st.st_mode)) {
+		if (prior_default_count == (size_t)-1)
+			prior_default_count = default_acl_list.count;
 		F_DIR_DEFACL(file) = cache_rsync_acl(sxp->def_acl,
 				      SMB_ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT, &default_acl_list);
 	}
 }
 
+static void uncache_duo_acls(item_list *duo_list, size_t start)
+{
+	acl_duo *duo_item = duo_list->items;
+	acl_duo *duo_start = duo_item + start;
+
+	duo_item += duo_list->count;
+	duo_list->count = start;
+
+	while (duo_item-- > duo_start) {
+		rsync_acl_free(&duo_item->racl);
+		if (duo_item->sacl)
+			sys_acl_free_acl(duo_item->sacl);
+	}
+}
+
+void uncache_tmp_acls(void)
+{
+	if (prior_access_count != (size_t)-1) {
+		uncache_duo_acls(&access_acl_list, prior_access_count);
+		prior_access_count = (size_t)-1;
+	}
+
+	if (prior_default_count != (size_t)-1) {
+		uncache_duo_acls(&default_acl_list, prior_default_count);
+		prior_default_count = (size_t)-1;
+	}
+}
+
 #ifndef HAVE_OSX_ACLS
 static mode_t change_sacl_perms(SMB_ACL_T sacl, rsync_acl *racl, mode_t old_mode, mode_t mode)
 {

authenticate.c

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
  * Support rsync daemon authentication.
  *
  * Copyright (C) 1998-2000 Andrew Tridgell
- * Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2002-2009 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by

backup.c

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
  * Backup handling code.
  *
  * Copyright (C) 1999 Andrew Tridgell
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2008 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2009 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -148,19 +148,25 @@ int make_bak_dir(const char *fullpath)
 #ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
 				if (preserve_acls && !S_ISLNK(file->mode)) {
 					get_acl(rel, &sx);
-					cache_acl(file, &sx);
+					cache_tmp_acl(file, &sx);
 					free_acl(&sx);
 				}
 #endif
 #ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
 				if (preserve_xattrs) {
 					get_xattr(rel, &sx);
-					cache_xattr(file, &sx);
+					cache_tmp_xattr(file, &sx);
 					free_xattr(&sx);
 				}
 #endif
 				set_file_attrs(fbuf, file, NULL, NULL, 0);
 				unmake_file(file);
+#ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
+				uncache_tmp_acls();
+#endif
+#ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
+				uncache_tmp_xattrs();
+#endif
 			}
 		}
 		*p = '/';
@@ -180,10 +186,19 @@ int make_bak_dir(const char *fullpath)
 /* robustly move a file, creating new directory structures if necessary */
 static int robust_move(const char *src, char *dst)
 {
-	if (robust_rename(src, dst, NULL, 0755) < 0
-	 && (errno != ENOENT || make_bak_dir(dst) < 0
-	  || robust_rename(src, dst, NULL, 0755) < 0))
-		return -1;
+	if (robust_rename(src, dst, NULL, 0755) < 0) {
+		int save_errno = errno ? errno : EINVAL; /* 0 paranoia */
+		if (errno == ENOENT && make_bak_dir(dst) == 0) {
+			if (robust_rename(src, dst, NULL, 0755) < 0)
+				save_errno = errno ? errno : save_errno;
+			else
+				save_errno = 0;
+		}
+		if (save_errno) {
+			errno = save_errno;
+			return -1;
+		}
+	}
 	return 0;
 }
 
@@ -195,6 +210,7 @@ static int keep_backup(const char *fname)
 	stat_x sx;
 	struct file_struct *file;
 	char *buf;
+	int save_preserve_xattrs = preserve_xattrs;
 	int kept = 0;
 	int ret_code;
 
@@ -213,20 +229,26 @@ static int keep_backup(const char *fname)
 
 	if (!(buf = get_backup_name(fname))) {
 		unmake_file(file);
+#ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
+		uncache_tmp_acls();
+#endif
+#ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
+		uncache_tmp_xattrs();
+#endif
 		return 0;
 	}
 
 #ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
 	if (preserve_acls && !S_ISLNK(file->mode)) {
 		get_acl(fname, &sx);
-		cache_acl(file, &sx);
+		cache_tmp_acl(file, &sx);
 		free_acl(&sx);
 	}
 #endif
 #ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
 	if (preserve_xattrs) {
 		get_xattr(fname, &sx);
-		cache_xattr(file, &sx);
+		cache_tmp_xattr(file, &sx);
 		free_xattr(&sx);
 	}
 #endif
@@ -234,15 +256,23 @@ static int keep_backup(const char *fname)
 	/* Check to see if this is a device file, or link */
 	if ((am_root && preserve_devices && IS_DEVICE(file->mode))
 	 || (preserve_specials && IS_SPECIAL(file->mode))) {
-		uint32 *devp = F_RDEV_P(file);
-		dev_t rdev = MAKEDEV(DEV_MAJOR(devp), DEV_MINOR(devp));
+		int save_errno;
 		do_unlink(buf);
-		if (do_mknod(buf, file->mode, rdev) < 0
-		    && (errno != ENOENT || make_bak_dir(buf) < 0
-		     || do_mknod(buf, file->mode, rdev) < 0)) {
-			rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "mknod %s failed",
-				full_fname(buf));
-		} else if (verbose > 2) {
+		if (do_mknod(buf, file->mode, sx.st.st_rdev) < 0) {
+			save_errno = errno ? errno : EINVAL; /* 0 paranoia */
+			if (errno == ENOENT && make_bak_dir(buf) == 0) {
+				if (do_mknod(buf, file->mode, sx.st.st_rdev) < 0)
+					save_errno = errno ? errno : save_errno;
+				else
+					save_errno = 0;
+			}
+			if (save_errno) {
+				rsyserr(FERROR, save_errno, "mknod %s failed",
+					full_fname(buf));
+			}
+		} else
+			save_errno = 0;
+		if (verbose > 2 && save_errno == 0) {
 			rprintf(FINFO, "make_backup: DEVICE %s successful.\n",
 				fname);
 		}
@@ -252,11 +282,18 @@ static int keep_backup(const char *fname)
 
 	if (!kept && S_ISDIR(file->mode)) {
 		/* make an empty directory */
-		if (do_mkdir(buf, file->mode) < 0
-		    && (errno != ENOENT || make_bak_dir(buf) < 0
-		     || do_mkdir(buf, file->mode) < 0)) {
-			rsyserr(FINFO, errno, "mkdir %s failed",
-				full_fname(buf));
+		if (do_mkdir(buf, file->mode) < 0) {
+			int save_errno = errno ? errno : EINVAL; /* 0 paranoia */
+			if (errno == ENOENT && make_bak_dir(buf) == 0) {
+				if (do_mkdir(buf, file->mode) < 0)
+					save_errno = errno ? errno : save_errno;
+				else
+					save_errno = 0;
+			}
+			if (save_errno) {
+				rsyserr(FINFO, save_errno, "mkdir %s failed",
+					full_fname(buf));
+			}
 		}
 
 		ret_code = do_rmdir(fname);
@@ -270,7 +307,7 @@ static int keep_backup(const char *fname)
 #ifdef SUPPORT_LINKS
 	if (!kept && preserve_links && S_ISLNK(file->mode)) {
 		const char *sl = F_SYMLINK(file);
-		if (safe_symlinks && unsafe_symlink(sl, buf)) {
+		if (safe_symlinks && unsafe_symlink(sl, fname)) {
 			if (verbose) {
 				rprintf(FINFO, "ignoring unsafe symlink %s -> %s\n",
 					full_fname(buf), sl);
@@ -278,11 +315,18 @@ static int keep_backup(const char *fname)
 			kept = 1;
 		} else {
 			do_unlink(buf);
-			if (do_symlink(sl, buf) < 0
-			    && (errno != ENOENT || make_bak_dir(buf) < 0
-			     || do_symlink(sl, buf) < 0)) {
-				rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "link %s -> \"%s\"",
-					full_fname(buf), sl);
+			if (do_symlink(sl, buf) < 0) {
+				int save_errno = errno ? errno : EINVAL; /* 0 paranoia */
+				if (errno == ENOENT && make_bak_dir(buf) == 0) {
+					if (do_symlink(sl, buf) < 0)
+						save_errno = errno ? errno : save_errno;
+					else
+						save_errno = 0;
+				}
+				if (save_errno) {
+					rsyserr(FERROR, save_errno, "link %s -> \"%s\"",
+						full_fname(buf), sl);
+				}
 			}
 			do_unlink(fname);
 			kept = 1;
@@ -294,6 +338,12 @@ static int keep_backup(const char *fname)
 		rprintf(FINFO, "make_bak: skipping non-regular file %s\n",
 			fname);
 		unmake_file(file);
+#ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
+		uncache_tmp_acls();
+#endif
+#ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
+		uncache_tmp_xattrs();
+#endif
 		return 1;
 	}
 
@@ -308,8 +358,16 @@ static int keep_backup(const char *fname)
 			robust_unlink(fname); /* Just in case... */
 		}
 	}
+	preserve_xattrs = 0;
 	set_file_attrs(buf, file, NULL, fname, 0);
+	preserve_xattrs = save_preserve_xattrs;
 	unmake_file(file);
+#ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
+	uncache_tmp_acls();
+#endif
+#ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
+	uncache_tmp_xattrs();
+#endif
 
 	if (verbose > 1) {
 		rprintf(FINFO, "backed up %s to %s\n",

batch.c

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (C) 1999 Weiss
  * Copyright (C) 2004 Chris Shoemaker
- * Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2004-2009 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -156,27 +156,37 @@ void check_batch_flags(void)
 		append_mode = 2;
 }
 
-static void write_arg(int fd, char *arg)
+static int write_arg(int fd, char *arg)
 {
 	char *x, *s;
+	int len, ret = 0;
 
 	if (*arg == '-' && (x = strchr(arg, '=')) != NULL) {
-		write(fd, arg, x - arg + 1);
+		if (write(fd, arg, x - arg + 1) != x - arg + 1)
+			ret = -1;
 		arg += x - arg + 1;
 	}
 
 	if (strpbrk(arg, " \"'&;|[]()$#!*?^\\") != NULL) {
-		write(fd, "'", 1);
+		if (write(fd, "'", 1) != 1)
+			ret = -1;
 		for (s = arg; (x = strchr(s, '\'')) != NULL; s = x + 1) {
-			write(fd, s, x - s + 1);
-			write(fd, "'", 1);
+			if (write(fd, s, x - s + 1) != x - s + 1
+			 || write(fd, "'", 1) != 1)
+				ret = -1;
 		}
-		write(fd, s, strlen(s));
-		write(fd, "'", 1);
-		return;
+		len = strlen(s);
+		if (write(fd, s, len) != len
+		 || write(fd, "'", 1) != 1)
+			ret = -1;
+		return ret;
 	}
 
-	write(fd, arg, strlen(arg));
+	len = strlen(arg);
+	if (write(fd, arg, len) != len)
+		ret = -1;
+
+	return ret;
 }
 
 static void write_filter_rules(int fd)
@@ -205,7 +215,7 @@ static void write_filter_rules(int fd)
  * (hopefully) work. */
 void write_batch_shell_file(int argc, char *argv[], int file_arg_cnt)
 {
-	int fd, i, len;
+	int fd, i, len, err = 0;
 	char *p, filename[MAXPATHLEN];
 
 	stringjoin(filename, sizeof filename,
@@ -219,7 +229,8 @@ void write_batch_shell_file(int argc, char *argv[], int file_arg_cnt)
 	}
 
 	/* Write argvs info to BATCH.sh file */
-	write_arg(fd, argv[0]);
+	if (write_arg(fd, argv[0]) < 0)
+		err = 1;
 	if (filter_list.head) {
 		if (protocol_version >= 29)
 			write_sbuf(fd, " --filter=._-");
@@ -240,25 +251,31 @@ void write_batch_shell_file(int argc, char *argv[], int file_arg_cnt)
 			i++;
 			continue;
 		}
-		write(fd, " ", 1);
+		if (write(fd, " ", 1) != 1)
+			err = 1;
 		if (strncmp(p, "--write-batch", len = 13) == 0
 		 || strncmp(p, "--only-write-batch", len = 18) == 0) {
-			write(fd, "--read-batch", 12);
+			if (write(fd, "--read-batch", 12) != 12)
+				err = 1;
 			if (p[len] == '=') {
-				write(fd, "=", 1);
-				write_arg(fd, p + len + 1);
+				if (write(fd, "=", 1) != 1
+				 || write_arg(fd, p + len + 1) < 0)
+					err = 1;
 			}
-		} else
-			write_arg(fd, p);
+		} else {
+			if (write_arg(fd, p) < 0)
+				err = 1;
+		}
 	}
 	if (!(p = check_for_hostspec(argv[argc - 1], &p, &i)))
 		p = argv[argc - 1];
-	write(fd, " ${1:-", 6);
-	write_arg(fd, p);
+	if (write(fd, " ${1:-", 6) != 6
+	 || write_arg(fd, p) < 0)
+		err = 1;
 	write_byte(fd, '}');
 	if (filter_list.head)
 		write_filter_rules(fd);
-	if (write(fd, "\n", 1) != 1 || close(fd) < 0) {
+	if (write(fd, "\n", 1) != 1 || close(fd) < 0 || err) {
 		rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "Batch file %s write error",
 			filename);
 		exit_cleanup(RERR_FILEIO);

byteorder.h

@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  */
 
 #undef CAREFUL_ALIGNMENT
+#undef AVOID_BYTEORDER_INLINE
 
 /* We know that the x86 can handle misalignment and has the same
  * byte order (LSB-first) as the 32-bit numbers we transmit. */
@@ -32,21 +33,68 @@
 
 #define CVAL(buf,pos) (((unsigned char *)(buf))[pos])
 #define UVAL(buf,pos) ((uint32)CVAL(buf,pos))
-#define SCVAL(buf,pos,val) (CVAL(buf,pos) = (val))
 
 #if CAREFUL_ALIGNMENT
+
 #define PVAL(buf,pos) (UVAL(buf,pos)|UVAL(buf,(pos)+1)<<8)
 #define IVAL(buf,pos) (PVAL(buf,pos)|PVAL(buf,(pos)+2)<<16)
 #define SSVALX(buf,pos,val) (CVAL(buf,pos)=(val)&0xFF,CVAL(buf,pos+1)=(val)>>8)
 #define SIVALX(buf,pos,val) (SSVALX(buf,pos,val&0xFFFF),SSVALX(buf,pos+2,val>>16))
 #define SIVAL(buf,pos,val) SIVALX((buf),(pos),((uint32)(val)))
-#else
-/* this handles things for architectures like the 386 that can handle
-   alignment errors */
-/*
-   WARNING: This section is dependent on the length of int32
-   being correct. set CAREFUL_ALIGNMENT if it is not.
-*/
+
+#define IVALu(buf,pos) IVAL(buf,pos)
+#define SIVALu(buf,pos,val) SIVAL(buf,pos,val)
+
+#else /* !CAREFUL_ALIGNMENT */
+
+/* This handles things for architectures like the 386 that can handle alignment errors.
+ * WARNING: This section is dependent on the length of an int32 (and thus a uint32)
+ * being correct (4 bytes)!  Set CAREFUL_ALIGNMENT if it is not. */
+
+# ifdef AVOID_BYTEORDER_INLINE
+
 #define IVAL(buf,pos) (*(uint32 *)((char *)(buf) + (pos)))
 #define SIVAL(buf,pos,val) IVAL(buf,pos)=((uint32)(val))
-#endif
+
+#define IVALu(buf,pos) IVAL(buf,pos)
+#define SIVALu(buf,pos,val) SIVAL(buf,pos,val)
+
+# else /* !AVOID_BYTEORDER_INLINE */
+
+static inline uint32
+IVALu(const uchar *buf, int pos)
+{
+	union {
+		const uchar *b;
+		const uint32 *num;
+	} u;
+	u.b = buf + pos;
+	return *u.num;
+}
+
+static inline void
+SIVALu(uchar *buf, int pos, uint32 val)
+{
+	union {
+		uchar *b;
+		uint32 *num;
+	} u;
+	u.b = buf + pos;
+	*u.num = val;
+}
+
+static inline uint32
+IVAL(const char *buf, int pos)
+{
+	return IVALu((uchar*)buf, pos);
+}
+
+static inline void
+SIVAL(char *buf, int pos, uint32 val)
+{
+	SIVALu((uchar*)buf, pos, val);
+}
+
+# endif /* !AVOID_BYTEORDER_INLINE */
+
+#endif /* !CAREFUL_ALIGNMENT */

checksum.c

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (C) 1996 Andrew Tridgell
  * Copyright (C) 1996 Paul Mackerras
- * Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2004-2009 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ void get_checksum2(char *buf, int32 len, char *sum)
 		md5_begin(&m);
 		md5_update(&m, (uchar *)buf, len);
 		if (checksum_seed) {
-			SIVAL(seedbuf, 0, checksum_seed);
+			SIVALu(seedbuf, 0, checksum_seed);
 			md5_update(&m, seedbuf, 4);
 		}
 		md5_result(&m, (uchar *)sum);

chmod.c

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
  * Implement the core of the --chmod option.
  *
  * Copyright (C) 2002 Scott Howard
- * Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2005-2009 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by

cleanup.c

@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
  * Copyright (C) 1996-2000 Andrew Tridgell
  * Copyright (C) 1996 Paul Mackerras
  * Copyright (C) 2002 Martin Pool
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2008 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2009 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -24,6 +24,7 @@
 
 extern int am_server;
 extern int am_daemon;
+extern int am_receiver;
 extern int io_error;
 extern int keep_partial;
 extern int got_xfer_error;
@@ -94,17 +95,21 @@ pid_t cleanup_child_pid = -1;
 NORETURN void _exit_cleanup(int code, const char *file, int line)
 {
 	static int cleanup_step = 0;
-	static int exit_code = 0;
+	static int exit_code = 0, exit_line = 0;
+	static const char *exit_file = NULL;
 	static int unmodified_code = 0;
 
 	SIGACTION(SIGUSR1, SIG_IGN);
 	SIGACTION(SIGUSR2, SIG_IGN);
 
-	if (exit_code) /* Preserve first error code when recursing. */
+	if (exit_code) { /* Preserve first exit info when recursing. */
 		code = exit_code;
+		file = exit_file;
+		line = exit_line;
+	}
 
 	/* If this is the exit at the end of the run, the server side
-	 * should not attempt to output a message (see log.c). */
+	 * should not attempt to output a message (see log_exit()). */
 	if (am_server && code == 0)
 		am_server = 2;
 
@@ -114,11 +119,13 @@ NORETURN void _exit_cleanup(int code, const char *file, int line)
 #include "case_N.h" /* case 0: cleanup_step++; */
 
 		exit_code = unmodified_code = code;
+		exit_file = file;
+		exit_line = line;
 
 		if (verbose > 3) {
 			rprintf(FINFO,
-				"_exit_cleanup(code=%d, file=%s, line=%d): entered\n",
-				code, file, line);
+				"[%s] _exit_cleanup(code=%d, file=%s, line=%d): entered\n",
+				who_am_i(), code, file, line);
 		}
 
 		/* FALLTHROUGH */
@@ -154,7 +161,8 @@ NORETURN void _exit_cleanup(int code, const char *file, int line)
 		/* FALLTHROUGH */
 #include "case_N.h"
 
-		io_flush(FULL_FLUSH);
+		if (!code || am_server || am_receiver)
+			io_flush(FULL_FLUSH);
 
 		/* FALLTHROUGH */
 #include "case_N.h"
@@ -186,9 +194,9 @@ NORETURN void _exit_cleanup(int code, const char *file, int line)
 
 		if (verbose > 2) {
 			rprintf(FINFO,
-				"_exit_cleanup(code=%d, file=%s, line=%d): "
+				"[%s] _exit_cleanup(code=%d, file=%s, line=%d): "
 				"about to call exit(%d)\n",
-				unmodified_code, file, line, code);
+				who_am_i(), unmodified_code, file, line, code);
 		}
 
 		/* FALLTHROUGH */

clientname.c

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (C) 1992-2001 Andrew Tridgell <tridge@samba.org>
  * Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
- * Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2002-2009 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -108,6 +108,9 @@ char *client_name(int fd)
 		struct addrinfo hint, *answer;
 		int err;
 
+		if (strcmp(addr, "0.0.0.0") == 0)
+			return name_buf;
+
 		memset(&hint, 0, sizeof hint);
 
 #ifdef AI_NUMERICHOST

clientserver.c

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (C) 1998-2001 Andrew Tridgell <tridge@samba.org>
  * Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
- * Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2002-2009 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -50,14 +50,12 @@ extern int logfile_format_has_i;
 extern int logfile_format_has_o_or_i;
 extern mode_t orig_umask;
 extern char *bind_address;
-extern char *sockopts;
 extern char *config_file;
 extern char *logfile_format;
 extern char *files_from;
 extern char *tmpdir;
 extern struct chmod_mode_struct *chmod_modes;
 extern struct filter_list_struct daemon_filter_list;
-extern char curr_dir[];
 #ifdef ICONV_OPTION
 extern char *iconv_opt;
 extern iconv_t ic_send, ic_recv;
@@ -75,6 +73,8 @@ struct chmod_mode_struct *daemon_chmod_modes;
 char *module_dir = NULL;
 unsigned int module_dirlen = 0;
 
+char *full_module_path;
+
 static int rl_nulls = 0;
 
 #ifdef HAVE_SIGACTION
@@ -121,8 +121,6 @@ int start_socket_client(char *host, int remote_argc, char *remote_argv[],
 	if (fd == -1)
 		exit_cleanup(RERR_SOCKETIO);
 
-	set_socket_options(fd, sockopts);
-
 #ifdef ICONV_CONST
 	setup_iconv();
 #endif
@@ -397,10 +395,20 @@ static int read_arg_from_pipe(int fd, char *buf, int limit)
 	return bp - buf;
 }
 
+static int path_failure(int f_out, const char *dir, BOOL was_chdir)
+{
+	if (was_chdir)
+		rsyserr(FLOG, errno, "chdir %s failed\n", dir);
+	else
+		rprintf(FLOG, "normalize_path(%s) failed\n", dir);
+	io_printf(f_out, "@ERROR: chdir failed\n");
+	return -1;
+}
+
 static int rsync_module(int f_in, int f_out, int i, char *addr, char *host)
 {
 	int argc;
-	char **argv, **orig_argv, **orig_early_argv, *chroot_path = NULL;
+	char **argv, **orig_argv, **orig_early_argv, *module_chdir;
 	char line[BIGPATHBUFLEN];
 	uid_t uid = (uid_t)-2;  /* canonically "nobody" */
 	gid_t gid = (gid_t)-2;
@@ -503,28 +511,28 @@ static int rsync_module(int f_in, int f_out, int i, char *addr, char *host)
 	module_dir = lp_path(i);
 	if (use_chroot) {
 		if ((p = strstr(module_dir, "/./")) != NULL) {
-			*p = '\0';
-			p += 2;
-		} else if ((p = strdup("/")) == NULL) /* MEMORY LEAK */
-			out_of_memory("rsync_module");
+			*p = '\0'; /* Temporary... */
+			if (!(module_chdir = normalize_path(module_dir, True, NULL)))
+				return path_failure(f_out, module_dir, False);
+			*p = '/';
+			if (!(p = normalize_path(p + 2, True, &module_dirlen)))
+				return path_failure(f_out, strstr(module_dir, "/./"), False);
+			if (!(full_module_path = normalize_path(module_dir, False, NULL)))
+				full_module_path = module_dir;
+			module_dir = p;
+		} else {
+			if (!(module_chdir = normalize_path(module_dir, False, NULL)))
+				return path_failure(f_out, module_dir, False);
+			full_module_path = module_chdir;
+			module_dir = "/";
+			module_dirlen = 1;
+		}
+	} else {
+		if (!(module_chdir = normalize_path(module_dir, False, &module_dirlen)))
+			return path_failure(f_out, module_dir, False);
+		full_module_path = module_dir = module_chdir;
 	}
 
-	/* We do a change_dir() that doesn't actually call chdir()
-	 * just to make a relative path absolute. */
-	strlcpy(line, curr_dir, sizeof line);
-	if (!change_dir(module_dir, CD_SKIP_CHDIR))
-		goto chdir_failed;
-	if (strcmp(curr_dir, module_dir) != 0
-	 && (module_dir = strdup(curr_dir)) == NULL)
-		out_of_memory("rsync_module");
-	change_dir(line, CD_SKIP_CHDIR); /* Restore curr_dir. */
-
-	if (use_chroot) {
-		chroot_path = module_dir;
-		module_dir = p; /* p is "/" or our inside-chroot path */
-	}
-	module_dirlen = clean_fname(module_dir, CFN_COLLAPSE_DOT_DOT_DIRS | CFN_DROP_TRAILING_DOT_DIR);
-
 	if (module_dirlen == 1) {
 		module_dirlen = 0;
 		set_filter_dir("/", 1);
@@ -559,16 +567,8 @@ static int rsync_module(int f_in, int f_out, int i, char *addr, char *host)
 		char *modname, *modpath, *hostaddr, *hostname, *username;
 		int status;
 
-		if (!use_chroot)
-			p = module_dir;
-		else if (module_dirlen) {
-			pathjoin(line, sizeof line, chroot_path, module_dir+1);
-			p = line;
-		} else
-			p = chroot_path;
-
 		if (asprintf(&modname, "RSYNC_MODULE_NAME=%s", name) < 0
-		 || asprintf(&modpath, "RSYNC_MODULE_PATH=%s", p) < 0
+		 || asprintf(&modpath, "RSYNC_MODULE_PATH=%s", full_module_path) < 0
 		 || asprintf(&hostaddr, "RSYNC_HOST_ADDR=%s", addr) < 0
 		 || asprintf(&hostname, "RSYNC_HOST_NAME=%s", host) < 0
 		 || asprintf(&username, "RSYNC_USER_NAME=%s", auth_user) < 0)
@@ -602,7 +602,8 @@ static int rsync_module(int f_in, int f_out, int i, char *addr, char *host)
 					status = -1;
 				if (asprintf(&p, "RSYNC_EXIT_STATUS=%d", status) > 0)
 					putenv(p);
-				system(lp_postxfer_exec(i));
+				if (system(lp_postxfer_exec(i)) < 0)
+					status = -1;
 				_exit(status);
 			}
 		}
@@ -668,25 +669,19 @@ static int rsync_module(int f_in, int f_out, int i, char *addr, char *host)
 		 * a warning, unless a "require chroot" flag is set,
 		 * in which case we fail.
 		 */
-		if (chroot(chroot_path)) {
-			rsyserr(FLOG, errno, "chroot %s failed", chroot_path);
+		if (chroot(module_chdir)) {
+			rsyserr(FLOG, errno, "chroot %s failed", module_chdir);
 			io_printf(f_out, "@ERROR: chroot failed\n");
 			return -1;
 		}
-		if (!change_dir(module_dir, CD_NORMAL))
-			goto chdir_failed;
-		if (module_dirlen)
-			sanitize_paths = 1;
-	} else {
-		if (!change_dir(module_dir, CD_NORMAL)) {
-		  chdir_failed:
-			rsyserr(FLOG, errno, "chdir %s failed\n", module_dir);
-			io_printf(f_out, "@ERROR: chdir failed\n");
-			return -1;
-		}
-		sanitize_paths = 1;
+		module_chdir = module_dir;
 	}
 
+	if (!change_dir(module_chdir, CD_NORMAL))
+		return path_failure(f_out, module_chdir, True);
+	if (module_dirlen || !use_chroot)
+		sanitize_paths = 1;
+
 	if ((munge_symlinks = lp_munge_symlinks(i)) < 0)
 		munge_symlinks = !use_chroot || module_dirlen;
 	if (munge_symlinks) {
@@ -725,7 +720,11 @@ static int rsync_module(int f_in, int f_out, int i, char *addr, char *host)
 		}
 #endif
 
-		if (setuid(uid)) {
+		if (setuid(uid) < 0
+#ifdef HAVE_SETEUID
+		 || seteuid(uid) < 0
+#endif
+		) {
 			rsyserr(FLOG, errno, "setuid %d failed", (int)uid);
 			io_printf(f_out, "@ERROR: setuid failed\n");
 			return -1;
@@ -859,7 +858,7 @@ static int rsync_module(int f_in, int f_out, int i, char *addr, char *host)
 	 && (use_chroot ? lp_numeric_ids(i) != False : lp_numeric_ids(i) == True))
 		numeric_ids = -1; /* Set --numeric-ids w/o breaking protocol. */
 
-	if (lp_timeout(i) && lp_timeout(i) > io_timeout)
+	if (lp_timeout(i) && (!io_timeout || lp_timeout(i) < io_timeout))
 		set_io_timeout(lp_timeout(i));
 
 	/* If we have some incoming/outgoing chmod changes, append them to
@@ -931,10 +930,6 @@ int start_daemon(int f_in, int f_out)
 
 	if (!am_server) {
 		set_socket_options(f_in, "SO_KEEPALIVE");
-		if (sockopts)
-			set_socket_options(f_in, sockopts);
-		else
-			set_socket_options(f_in, lp_socket_options());
 		set_nonblocking(f_in);
 	}
 
@@ -978,20 +973,23 @@ static void create_pid_file(void)
 	char *pid_file = lp_pid_file();
 	char pidbuf[16];
 	pid_t pid = getpid();
-	int fd;
+	int fd, len;
 
 	if (!pid_file || !*pid_file)
 		return;
 
 	cleanup_set_pid(pid);
 	if ((fd = do_open(pid_file, O_WRONLY|O_CREAT|O_EXCL, 0666 & ~orig_umask)) == -1) {
+	  failure:
 		cleanup_set_pid(0);
 		fprintf(stderr, "failed to create pid file %s: %s\n", pid_file, strerror(errno));
 		rsyserr(FLOG, errno, "failed to create pid file %s", pid_file);
 		exit_cleanup(RERR_FILEIO);
 	}
 	snprintf(pidbuf, sizeof pidbuf, "%ld\n", (long)pid);
-	write(fd, pidbuf, strlen(pidbuf));
+	len = strlen(pidbuf);
+	if (write(fd, pidbuf, len) != len)
+		goto failure;
 	close(fd);
 }
 

compat.c

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1996
  * Copyright (C) Paul Mackerras 1996
- * Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2004-2009 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -24,6 +24,7 @@
 int remote_protocol = 0;
 int file_extra_cnt = 0; /* count of file-list extras that everyone gets */
 int inc_recurse = 0;
+int use_safe_inc_flist = 0;
 
 extern int verbose;
 extern int am_server;
@@ -57,12 +58,14 @@ extern struct filter_list_struct filter_list;
 extern int need_unsorted_flist;
 #ifdef ICONV_OPTION
 extern iconv_t ic_send, ic_recv;
+extern char *iconv_opt;
 #endif
 
 /* These index values are for the file-list's extra-attribute array. */
 int uid_ndx, gid_ndx, acls_ndx, xattrs_ndx, unsort_ndx;
 
 int receiver_symlink_times = 0; /* receiver can set the time on a symlink */
+int sender_symlink_iconv = 0;	/* sender should convert symlink content */
 
 #ifdef ICONV_OPTION
 int filesfrom_convert = 0;
@@ -70,6 +73,8 @@ int filesfrom_convert = 0;
 
 #define CF_INC_RECURSE	 (1<<0)
 #define CF_SYMLINK_TIMES (1<<1)
+#define CF_SYMLINK_ICONV (1<<2)
+#define CF_SAFE_FLIST	 (1<<3)
 
 static const char *client_info;
 
@@ -249,6 +254,11 @@ void setup_protocol(int f_out,int f_in)
 #if defined HAVE_LUTIMES && defined HAVE_UTIMES
 			compat_flags |= CF_SYMLINK_TIMES;
 #endif
+#ifdef ICONV_OPTION
+			compat_flags |= CF_SYMLINK_ICONV;
+#endif
+			if (local_server || strchr(client_info, 'f') != NULL)
+				compat_flags |= CF_SAFE_FLIST;
 			write_byte(f_out, compat_flags);
 		} else
 			compat_flags = read_byte(f_in);
@@ -262,6 +272,11 @@ void setup_protocol(int f_out,int f_in)
 #if defined HAVE_LUTIMES && defined HAVE_UTIMES
 		else
 			receiver_symlink_times = 1;
+#endif
+#ifdef ICONV_OPTION
+		sender_symlink_iconv = iconv_opt && (am_server
+		    ? local_server || strchr(client_info, 's') != NULL
+		    : !!(compat_flags & CF_SYMLINK_ICONV));
 #endif
 		if (inc_recurse && !allow_inc_recurse) {
 			/* This should only be able to happen in a batch. */
@@ -270,6 +285,7 @@ void setup_protocol(int f_out,int f_in)
 			    read_batch ? "batch file" : "connection");
 			exit_cleanup(RERR_SYNTAX);
 		}
+		use_safe_inc_flist = !!(compat_flags & CF_SAFE_FLIST);
 		need_messages_from_generator = 1;
 #if defined HAVE_LUTIMES && defined HAVE_UTIMES
 	} else if (!am_sender) {

configure.in

@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([byteorder.h])
 AC_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h)
 AC_PREREQ(2.59)
 
-RSYNC_VERSION=3.0.2
+RSYNC_VERSION=3.0.7
 AC_SUBST(RSYNC_VERSION)
 AC_MSG_NOTICE([Configuring rsync $RSYNC_VERSION])
 
@@ -13,7 +13,26 @@ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(RSYNC_VERSION, ["$RSYNC_VERSION"], [rsync release version])
 
 LDFLAGS=${LDFLAGS-""}
 
-AC_CANONICAL_TARGET([])
+AC_CANONICAL_HOST
+
+# We must decide this before testing the compiler.
+
+# Please allow this to default to yes, so that your users have more
+# chance of getting a useful stack trace if problems occur.
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to include debugging symbols])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(debug,
+	AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-debug],
+		[disable debugging symbols and features]))
+
+if test x"$enable_debug" = x"no"; then
+    AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+    ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no
+else
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+    dnl AC_DEFINE(DEBUG, 1, [Define to turn on debugging code that may slow normal operation])
+    # leave ac_cv_prog_cc_g alone; AC_PROG_CC will try to include -g if it can
+fi
 
 dnl Checks for programs.
 AC_PROG_CC
@@ -30,27 +49,6 @@ if test x"$ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" = x"no"; then
 	AC_MSG_WARN([rsync requires an ANSI C compiler and you don't seem to have one])
 fi
 
-# We must decide this before testing the compiler.
-
-# Please allow this to default to yes, so that your users have more
-# chance of getting a useful stack trace if problems occur.
-
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to include debugging symbols])
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(debug,
-	AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-debug],
-		[disable debugging symbols and features]))
-
-if test x"$enable_debug" = x"no"; then
-    AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
-    CFLAGS=${CFLAGS-"-O"}
-else
-    AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
-    # leave CFLAGS alone; AC_PROG_CC will try to include -g if it can
-    dnl AC_DEFINE(DEBUG, 1, [Define to turn on debugging code that may slow normal operation])
-    dnl CFLAGS=${CFLAGS-"-g"}
-fi
-
-
 AC_ARG_ENABLE(profile,
 	AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-profile],
 		[turn on CPU profiling]))
@@ -198,7 +196,7 @@ AC_ARG_ENABLE(ipv6,
 		[don't even try to use IPv6]))
 if test x"$enable_ipv6" != x"no"; then
 	AC_MSG_CHECKING([ipv6 stack type])
-	for i in inria kame linux-glibc linux-inet6 toshiba v6d zeta; do
+	for i in inria kame linux-glibc linux-inet6 solaris toshiba v6d zeta cygwin; do
 		case $i in
 		inria)
 			# http://www.kame.net/
@@ -242,6 +240,16 @@ AC_DEFINE(INET6, 1, [true if you have IPv6])])
 				CFLAGS="-I/usr/inet6/include $CFLAGS"
 			fi
 			;;
+		solaris)
+			# http://www.sun.com
+			AC_EGREP_CPP(yes, [
+#include <netinet/ip6.h>
+#ifdef __sun
+yes
+#endif],
+				[ipv6type=$i;
+				AC_DEFINE(INET6, 1, [true if you have IPv6])])
+			;;
 		toshiba)
 			AC_EGREP_CPP(yes, [
 #include <sys/param.h>
@@ -275,6 +283,15 @@ yes
 				ipv6libdir=/usr/local/v6/lib;
 				AC_DEFINE(INET6, 1, [true if you have IPv6])])
 			;;
+		cygwin)
+			AC_EGREP_CPP(yes, [
+#include <netinet/in.h>
+#ifdef _CYGWIN_IN6_H
+yes
+#endif],
+				[ipv6type=$i;
+				AC_DEFINE(INET6, 1, [true if you have IPv6])])
+			;;
 		esac
 		if test "$ipv6type" != "unknown"; then
 			break
@@ -553,7 +570,7 @@ AC_CHECK_FUNCS(waitpid wait4 getcwd strdup chown chmod lchmod mknod mkfifo \
     memmove lchown vsnprintf snprintf vasprintf asprintf setsid strpbrk \
     strlcat strlcpy strtol mallinfo getgroups setgroups geteuid getegid \
     setlocale setmode open64 lseek64 mkstemp64 mtrace va_copy __va_copy \
-    strerror putenv iconv_open locale_charset nl_langinfo getxattr \
+    seteuid strerror putenv iconv_open locale_charset nl_langinfo getxattr \
     extattr_get_link sigaction sigprocmask setattrlist)
 
 dnl cygwin iconv.h defines iconv_open as libiconv_open
@@ -566,10 +583,19 @@ if test $ac_cv_func_getpgrp = yes; then
     AC_FUNC_GETPGRP
 fi
 
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(iconv-open,
+    AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-iconv-open],
+	    [disable all use of iconv_open() function]),
+    [], [enable_iconv_open=$ac_cv_func_iconv_open])
+
+if test x"$enable_iconv_open" != x"no"; then
+    AC_DEFINE(USE_ICONV_OPEN, 1, [Define to 1 if you want rsync to make use of iconv_open()])
+fi
+
 AC_ARG_ENABLE(iconv,
     AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-iconv],
 	    [disable rsync's --iconv option]),
-    [], [enable_iconv=$ac_cv_func_iconv_open])
+    [], [enable_iconv=$enable_iconv_open])
 AH_TEMPLATE([ICONV_OPTION],
 [Define if you want the --iconv option.  Specifing a value will set the
 default iconv setting (a NULL means no --iconv processing by default).])
@@ -762,7 +788,7 @@ rsync_cv_HAVE_SECURE_MKSTEMP=yes,
 rsync_cv_HAVE_SECURE_MKSTEMP=no,
 rsync_cv_HAVE_SECURE_MKSTEMP=cross)])
 if test x"$rsync_cv_HAVE_SECURE_MKSTEMP" = x"yes"; then
-    case $target_os in
+    case $host_os in
     hpux*)
 	dnl HP-UX has a broken mkstemp() implementation they refuse to fix,
 	dnl so we noisily skip using it.  See HP change request JAGaf34426
@@ -962,7 +988,7 @@ if test x"$enable_acl_support" = x"no" -o x"$enable_xattr_support" = x"no" -o x"
     AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether $CC supports -Wno-unused-parameter])
     OLD_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Wno-unused-parameter"
-    AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([ ], [rsync_warn_flag=yes], [rsync_warn_flag=no])
+    AC_TRY_LINK([#include <stdio.h>], [printf("hello\n");], [rsync_warn_flag=yes], [rsync_warn_flag=no])
     AC_MSG_RESULT([$rsync_warn_flag])
     if test x"$rsync_warn_flag" = x"no"; then
 	CFLAGS="$OLD_CFLAGS"

exclude.c

@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
  * Copyright (C) 1996-2001 Andrew Tridgell <tridge@samba.org>
  * Copyright (C) 1996 Paul Mackerras
  * Copyright (C) 2002 Martin Pool
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2008 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2009 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -476,7 +476,7 @@ void *push_local_filters(const char *dir, unsigned int dirlen)
 					  XFLG_ANCHORED2ABS);
 		} else {
 			io_error |= IOERR_GENERAL;
-			rprintf(FINFO,
+			rprintf(FERROR,
 			    "cannot add local filter rules in long-named directory: %s\n",
 			    full_fname(dirbuf));
 		}
@@ -1121,6 +1121,8 @@ char *get_rule_prefix(int match_flags, const char *pat, int for_xfer,
 	else
 		legal_len = 0;
 
+	if (match_flags & MATCHFLG_ABS_PATH)
+		*op++ = '/';
 	if (match_flags & MATCHFLG_NEGATE)
 		*op++ = '!';
 	if (match_flags & MATCHFLG_CVS_IGNORE)

fileio.c

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (C) 1998 Andrew Tridgell
  * Copyright (C) 2002 Martin Pool
- * Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2004-2009 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
 extern int sparse_files;
 
 static char last_byte;
-static size_t sparse_seek = 0;
+static OFF_T sparse_seek = 0;
 
 int sparse_end(int f)
 {
@@ -48,9 +48,9 @@ int sparse_end(int f)
 }
 
 
-static int write_sparse(int f, char *buf, size_t len)
+static int write_sparse(int f, char *buf, int len)
 {
-	size_t l1 = 0, l2 = 0;
+	int l1 = 0, l2 = 0;
 	int ret;
 
 	for (l1 = 0; l1 < len && buf[l1] == 0; l1++) {}
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ int flush_write_file(int f)
  * write_file does not allow incomplete writes.  It loops internally
  * until len bytes are written or errno is set.
  */
-int write_file(int f,char *buf,size_t len)
+int write_file(int f, char *buf, int len)
 {
 	int ret = 0;
 
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ int write_file(int f,char *buf,size_t len)
 				if (!wf_writeBuf)
 					out_of_memory("write_file");
 			}
-			r1 = MIN(len, wf_writeBufSize - wf_writeBufCnt);
+			r1 = (int)MIN((size_t)len, wf_writeBufSize - wf_writeBufCnt);
 			if (r1) {
 				memcpy(wf_writeBuf + wf_writeBufCnt, buf, r1);
 				wf_writeBufCnt += r1;

flist.c

@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
  * Copyright (C) 1996 Andrew Tridgell
  * Copyright (C) 1996 Paul Mackerras
  * Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
- * Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2002-2009 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -43,7 +43,6 @@ extern int xfer_dirs;
 extern int filesfrom_fd;
 extern int one_file_system;
 extern int copy_dirlinks;
-extern int keep_dirlinks;
 extern int preserve_uid;
 extern int preserve_gid;
 extern int preserve_acls;
@@ -52,6 +51,7 @@ extern int preserve_links;
 extern int preserve_hard_links;
 extern int preserve_devices;
 extern int preserve_specials;
+extern int delete_during;
 extern int uid_ndx;
 extern int gid_ndx;
 extern int eol_nulls;
@@ -66,7 +66,9 @@ extern int copy_unsafe_links;
 extern int protocol_version;
 extern int sanitize_paths;
 extern int munge_symlinks;
+extern int use_safe_inc_flist;
 extern int need_unsorted_flist;
+extern int sender_symlink_iconv;
 extern int unsort_ndx;
 extern struct stats stats;
 extern char *filesfrom_host;
@@ -375,7 +377,7 @@ int change_pathname(struct file_struct *file, const char *dir, int dirlen)
 	if (!change_dir(dir, CD_NORMAL)) {
 	  chdir_error:
 		io_error |= IOERR_GENERAL;
-		rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "change_dir %s failed", full_fname(dir));
+		rsyserr(FERROR_XFER, errno, "change_dir %s failed", full_fname(dir));
 		if (dir != orig_dir)
 			change_dir(orig_dir, CD_NORMAL);
 		pathname = NULL;
@@ -386,7 +388,11 @@ int change_pathname(struct file_struct *file, const char *dir, int dirlen)
 	return 1;
 }
 
-static void send_file_entry(int f, const char *fname, struct file_struct *file, int ndx, int first_ndx)
+static void send_file_entry(int f, const char *fname, struct file_struct *file,
+#ifdef SUPPORT_LINKS
+			    const char *symlink_name, int symlink_len,
+#endif
+			    int ndx, int first_ndx)
 {
 	static time_t modtime;
 	static mode_t mode;
@@ -420,8 +426,7 @@ static void send_file_entry(int f, const char *fname, struct file_struct *file,
 	else
 		mode = file->mode;
 
-	if ((preserve_devices && IS_DEVICE(mode))
-	 || (preserve_specials && IS_SPECIAL(mode))) {
+	if (preserve_devices && IS_DEVICE(mode)) {
 		if (protocol_version < 28) {
 			if (tmp_rdev == rdev)
 				xflags |= XMIT_SAME_RDEV_pre28;
@@ -436,6 +441,17 @@ static void send_file_entry(int f, const char *fname, struct file_struct *file,
 			if (protocol_version < 30 && (uint32)minor(rdev) <= 0xFFu)
 				xflags |= XMIT_RDEV_MINOR_8_pre30;
 		}
+	} else if (preserve_specials && IS_SPECIAL(mode)) {
+		/* Special files don't need an rdev number, so just make
+		 * the historical transmission of the value efficient. */
+		if (protocol_version < 28)
+			xflags |= XMIT_SAME_RDEV_pre28;
+		else {
+			rdev = MAKEDEV(major(rdev), 0);
+			xflags |= XMIT_SAME_RDEV_MAJOR;
+			if (protocol_version < 30)
+				xflags |= XMIT_RDEV_MINOR_8_pre30;
+		}
 	} else if (protocol_version < 28)
 		rdev = MAKEDEV(0, 0);
 	if (!preserve_uid || ((uid_t)F_OWNER(file) == uid && *lastname))
@@ -575,11 +591,9 @@ static void send_file_entry(int f, const char *fname, struct file_struct *file,
 	}
 
 #ifdef SUPPORT_LINKS
-	if (preserve_links && S_ISLNK(mode)) {
-		const char *sl = F_SYMLINK(file);
-		int len = strlen(sl);
-		write_varint30(f, len);
-		write_buf(f, sl, len);
+	if (symlink_len) {
+		write_varint30(f, symlink_len);
+		write_buf(f, symlink_name, symlink_len);
 	}
 #endif
 
@@ -638,7 +652,7 @@ static struct file_struct *recv_file_entry(struct file_list *flist,
 	int alloc_len, basename_len, linkname_len;
 	int extra_len = file_extra_cnt * EXTRA_LEN;
 	int first_hlink_ndx = -1;
-	OFF_T file_length;
+	int64 file_length;
 	const char *basename;
 	struct file_struct *file;
 	alloc_pool_t *pool;
@@ -675,12 +689,12 @@ static struct file_struct *recv_file_entry(struct file_list *flist,
 
 		if (iconvbufs(ic_recv, &inbuf, &outbuf, 0) < 0) {
 			io_error |= IOERR_GENERAL;
-			rprintf(FINFO,
+			rprintf(FERROR_UTF8,
 			    "[%s] cannot convert filename: %s (%s)\n",
 			    who_am_i(), lastname, strerror(errno));
 			outbuf.len = 0;
 		}
-		outbuf.buf[outbuf.len] = '\0';
+		thisname[outbuf.len] = '\0';
 	}
 #endif
 
@@ -722,8 +736,7 @@ static struct file_struct *recv_file_entry(struct file_list *flist,
 				uid = F_OWNER(first);
 			if (preserve_gid)
 				gid = F_GROUP(first);
-			if ((preserve_devices && IS_DEVICE(mode))
-			 || (preserve_specials && IS_SPECIAL(mode))) {
+			if (preserve_devices && IS_DEVICE(mode)) {
 				uint32 *devp = F_RDEV_P(first);
 				rdev = MAKEDEV(DEV_MAJOR(devp), DEV_MINOR(devp));
 				extra_len += DEV_EXTRA_CNT * EXTRA_LEN;
@@ -798,7 +811,8 @@ static struct file_struct *recv_file_entry(struct file_list *flist,
 				rdev_minor = read_int(f);
 			rdev = MAKEDEV(rdev_major, rdev_minor);
 		}
-		extra_len += DEV_EXTRA_CNT * EXTRA_LEN;
+		if (IS_DEVICE(mode))
+			extra_len += DEV_EXTRA_CNT * EXTRA_LEN;
 		file_length = 0;
 	} else if (protocol_version < 28)
 		rdev = MAKEDEV(0, 0);
@@ -811,6 +825,13 @@ static struct file_struct *recv_file_entry(struct file_list *flist,
 				linkname_len - 1);
 			overflow_exit("recv_file_entry");
 		}
+#ifdef ICONV_OPTION
+		/* We don't know how much extra room we need to convert
+		 * the as-yet-unread symlink data, so let's hope that a
+		 * double-size buffer is plenty. */
+		if (sender_symlink_iconv)
+			linkname_len *= 2;
+#endif
 		if (munge_symlinks)
 			linkname_len += SYMLINK_PREFIX_LEN;
 	}
@@ -837,8 +858,14 @@ static struct file_struct *recv_file_entry(struct file_list *flist,
 	if (always_checksum && S_ISREG(mode))
 		extra_len += SUM_EXTRA_CNT * EXTRA_LEN;
 
+#if SIZEOF_INT64 >= 8
 	if (file_length > 0xFFFFFFFFu && S_ISREG(mode))
 		extra_len += EXTRA_LEN;
+#endif
+	if (file_length < 0) {
+		rprintf(FERROR, "Offset underflow: file-length is negative\n");
+		exit_cleanup(RERR_UNSUPPORTED);
+	}
 
 	if (inc_recurse && S_ISDIR(mode)) {
 		if (one_file_system) {
@@ -871,10 +898,17 @@ static struct file_struct *recv_file_entry(struct file_list *flist,
 #endif
 	file->modtime = (time_t)modtime;
 	file->len32 = (uint32)file_length;
+#if SIZEOF_INT64 >= 8
 	if (file_length > 0xFFFFFFFFu && S_ISREG(mode)) {
+#if SIZEOF_CAPITAL_OFF_T < 8
+		rprintf(FERROR, "Offset overflow: attempted 64-bit file-length\n");
+		exit_cleanup(RERR_UNSUPPORTED);
+#else
 		file->flags |= FLAG_LENGTH64;
 		OPT_EXTRA(file, 0)->unum = (uint32)(file_length >> 32);
+#endif
 	}
+#endif
 	file->mode = mode;
 	if (preserve_uid)
 		F_OWNER(file) = uid;
@@ -919,8 +953,7 @@ static struct file_struct *recv_file_entry(struct file_list *flist,
 		}
 	}
 
-	if ((preserve_devices && IS_DEVICE(mode))
-	 || (preserve_specials && IS_SPECIAL(mode))) {
+	if (preserve_devices && IS_DEVICE(mode)) {
 		uint32 *devp = F_RDEV_P(file);
 		DEV_MAJOR(devp) = major(rdev);
 		DEV_MINOR(devp) = minor(rdev);
@@ -932,14 +965,40 @@ static struct file_struct *recv_file_entry(struct file_list *flist,
 		if (first_hlink_ndx >= flist->ndx_start) {
 			struct file_struct *first = flist->files[first_hlink_ndx - flist->ndx_start];
 			memcpy(bp, F_SYMLINK(first), linkname_len);
-		} else if (munge_symlinks) {
-			strlcpy(bp, SYMLINK_PREFIX, linkname_len);
-			bp += SYMLINK_PREFIX_LEN;
-			linkname_len -= SYMLINK_PREFIX_LEN;
-			read_sbuf(f, bp, linkname_len - 1);
 		} else {
-			read_sbuf(f, bp, linkname_len - 1);
-			if (sanitize_paths)
+			if (munge_symlinks) {
+				strlcpy(bp, SYMLINK_PREFIX, linkname_len);
+				bp += SYMLINK_PREFIX_LEN;
+				linkname_len -= SYMLINK_PREFIX_LEN;
+			}
+#ifdef ICONV_OPTION
+			if (sender_symlink_iconv) {
+				xbuf outbuf, inbuf;
+
+				alloc_len = linkname_len;
+				linkname_len /= 2;
+
+				/* Read the symlink data into the end of our double-sized
+				 * buffer and then convert it into the right spot. */
+				INIT_XBUF(inbuf, bp + alloc_len - linkname_len,
+					  linkname_len - 1, (size_t)-1);
+				read_sbuf(f, inbuf.buf, inbuf.len);
+				INIT_XBUF(outbuf, bp, 0, alloc_len);
+
+				if (iconvbufs(ic_recv, &inbuf, &outbuf, 0) < 0) {
+					io_error |= IOERR_GENERAL;
+					rprintf(FERROR_XFER,
+					    "[%s] cannot convert symlink data for: %s (%s)\n",
+					    who_am_i(), full_fname(thisname), strerror(errno));
+					bp = (char*)file->basename;
+					*bp++ = '\0';
+					outbuf.len = 0;
+				}
+				bp[outbuf.len] = '\0';
+			} else
+#endif
+				read_sbuf(f, bp, linkname_len - 1);
+			if (sanitize_paths && !munge_symlinks && *bp)
 				sanitize_path(bp, bp, "", lastdir_depth, SP_DEFAULT);
 		}
 	}
@@ -1009,7 +1068,12 @@ static struct file_struct *recv_file_entry(struct file_list *flist,
  * and performing extensive checks against global options.
  *
  * Returns a pointer to the new file struct, or NULL if there was an error
- * or this file should be excluded. */
+ * or this file should be excluded.
+ *
+ * Note: Any error (here or in send_file_name) that results in the omission of
+ * an existent source file from the file list should set
+ * "io_error |= IOERR_GENERAL" to avoid deletion of the file from the
+ * destination if --delete is on. */
 struct file_struct *make_file(const char *fname, struct file_list *flist,
 			      STRUCT_STAT *stp, int flags, int filter_level)
 {
@@ -1023,11 +1087,11 @@ struct file_struct *make_file(const char *fname, struct file_list *flist,
 	const char *basename;
 	alloc_pool_t *pool;
 	STRUCT_STAT st;
-	int excl_ret;
 	char *bp;
 
 	if (strlcpy(thisname, fname, sizeof thisname) >= sizeof thisname) {
-		rprintf(FINFO, "skipping overly long name: %s\n", fname);
+		io_error |= IOERR_GENERAL;
+		rprintf(FERROR_XFER, "skipping overly long name: %s\n", fname);
 		return NULL;
 	}
 	clean_fname(thisname, 0);
@@ -1072,13 +1136,12 @@ struct file_struct *make_file(const char *fname, struct file_list *flist,
 			}
 		} else {
 			io_error |= IOERR_GENERAL;
-			rsyserr(FERROR_XFER, save_errno, "readlink %s failed",
+			rsyserr(FERROR_XFER, save_errno, "readlink_stat(%s) failed",
 				full_fname(thisname));
 		}
 		return NULL;
 	}
 
-	/* backup.c calls us with filter_level set to NO_FILTERS. */
 	if (filter_level == NO_FILTERS)
 		goto skip_filters;
 
@@ -1106,17 +1169,7 @@ struct file_struct *make_file(const char *fname, struct file_list *flist,
 	} else
 		flags &= ~FLAG_CONTENT_DIR;
 
-	if (S_ISDIR(st.st_mode)) {
-		if (flags & FLAG_DOTDIR_NAME) {
-			/* A "." fname (or "/." fname in relative mode) is
-			 * never excluded.  No other trailing-dotdir names
-			 * are possible. */
-			excl_ret = 0;
-		} else
-			excl_ret = is_excluded(thisname, 1, filter_level);
-	} else
-		excl_ret = is_excluded(thisname, 0, filter_level);
-	if (excl_ret) {
+	if (is_excluded(thisname, S_ISDIR(st.st_mode) != 0, filter_level)) {
 		if (ignore_perishable)
 			non_perishable_cnt++;
 		return NULL;
@@ -1175,8 +1228,10 @@ struct file_struct *make_file(const char *fname, struct file_list *flist,
 	linkname_len = 0;
 #endif
 
+#if SIZEOF_CAPITAL_OFF_T >= 8
 	if (st.st_size > 0xFFFFFFFFu && S_ISREG(st.st_mode))
 		extra_len += EXTRA_LEN;
+#endif
 
 #if EXTRA_ROUNDING > 0
 	if (extra_len & (EXTRA_ROUNDING * EXTRA_LEN))
@@ -1204,27 +1259,30 @@ struct file_struct *make_file(const char *fname, struct file_list *flist,
 		if (protocol_version >= 28
 		 ? (!S_ISDIR(st.st_mode) && st.st_nlink > 1)
 		 : S_ISREG(st.st_mode)) {
-			tmp_dev = st.st_dev;
-			tmp_ino = st.st_ino;
+			tmp_dev = (int64)st.st_dev + 1;
+			tmp_ino = (int64)st.st_ino;
 		} else
 			tmp_dev = 0;
 	}
 #endif
 
 #ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_RDEV
-	if (IS_DEVICE(st.st_mode) || IS_SPECIAL(st.st_mode)) {
+	if (IS_DEVICE(st.st_mode)) {
 		tmp_rdev = st.st_rdev;
 		st.st_size = 0;
-	}
+	} else if (IS_SPECIAL(st.st_mode))
+		st.st_size = 0;
 #endif
 
 	file->flags = flags;
 	file->modtime = st.st_mtime;
 	file->len32 = (uint32)st.st_size;
+#if SIZEOF_CAPITAL_OFF_T >= 8
 	if (st.st_size > 0xFFFFFFFFu && S_ISREG(st.st_mode)) {
 		file->flags |= FLAG_LENGTH64;
 		OPT_EXTRA(file, 0)->unum = (uint32)(st.st_size >> 32);
 	}
+#endif
 	file->mode = st.st_mode;
 	if (uid_ndx) /* Check uid_ndx instead of preserve_uid for del support */
 		F_OWNER(file) = st.st_uid;
@@ -1247,25 +1305,6 @@ struct file_struct *make_file(const char *fname, struct file_list *flist,
 	else if (!pool)
 		F_DEPTH(file) = extra_len / EXTRA_LEN;
 
-	/* This code is only used by the receiver when it is building
-	 * a list of files for a delete pass. */
-	if (keep_dirlinks && linkname_len && flist) {
-		STRUCT_STAT st2;
-		int save_mode = file->mode;
-		file->mode = S_IFDIR; /* Find a directory with our name. */
-		if (flist_find(dir_flist, file) >= 0
-		 && x_stat(thisname, &st2, NULL) == 0 && S_ISDIR(st2.st_mode)) {
-			file->modtime = st2.st_mtime;
-			file->len32 = 0;
-			file->mode = st2.st_mode;
-			if (uid_ndx)
-				F_OWNER(file) = st2.st_uid;
-			if (gid_ndx)
-				F_GROUP(file) = st2.st_gid;
-		} else
-			file->mode = save_mode;
-	}
-
 	if (basename_len == 0+1) {
 		if (!pool)
 			unmake_file(file);
@@ -1299,10 +1338,35 @@ static struct file_struct *send_file_name(int f, struct file_list *flist,
 
 	if (f >= 0) {
 		char fbuf[MAXPATHLEN];
+#ifdef SUPPORT_LINKS
+		const char *symlink_name;
+		int symlink_len;
+#ifdef ICONV_OPTION
+		char symlink_buf[MAXPATHLEN];
+#endif
+#endif
 #if defined SUPPORT_ACLS || defined SUPPORT_XATTRS
 		stat_x sx;
 #endif
 
+#ifdef SUPPORT_LINKS
+		if (preserve_links && S_ISLNK(file->mode)) {
+			symlink_name = F_SYMLINK(file);
+			symlink_len = strlen(symlink_name);
+			if (symlink_len == 0) {
+				io_error |= IOERR_GENERAL;
+				f_name(file, fbuf);
+				rprintf(FERROR_XFER,
+				    "skipping symlink with 0-length value: %s\n",
+				    full_fname(fbuf));
+				return NULL;
+			}
+		} else {
+			symlink_name = NULL;
+			symlink_len = 0;
+		}
+#endif
+
 #ifdef ICONV_OPTION
 		if (ic_send != (iconv_t)-1) {
 			xbuf outbuf, inbuf;
@@ -1315,19 +1379,38 @@ static struct file_struct *send_file_name(int f, struct file_list *flist,
 				if (iconvbufs(ic_send, &inbuf, &outbuf, 0) < 0)
 					goto convert_error;
 				outbuf.size += 2;
-				outbuf.buf[outbuf.len++] = '/';
+				fbuf[outbuf.len++] = '/';
 			}
 
 			INIT_XBUF_STRLEN(inbuf, (char*)file->basename);
 			if (iconvbufs(ic_send, &inbuf, &outbuf, 0) < 0) {
 			  convert_error:
 				io_error |= IOERR_GENERAL;
-				rprintf(FINFO,
+				rprintf(FERROR_XFER,
 				    "[%s] cannot convert filename: %s (%s)\n",
 				    who_am_i(), f_name(file, fbuf), strerror(errno));
 				return NULL;
 			}
-			outbuf.buf[outbuf.len] = '\0';
+			fbuf[outbuf.len] = '\0';
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_LINKS
+			if (symlink_len && sender_symlink_iconv) {
+				INIT_XBUF(inbuf, (char*)symlink_name, symlink_len, (size_t)-1);
+				INIT_CONST_XBUF(outbuf, symlink_buf);
+				if (iconvbufs(ic_send, &inbuf, &outbuf, 0) < 0) {
+					io_error |= IOERR_GENERAL;
+					f_name(file, fbuf);
+					rprintf(FERROR_XFER,
+					    "[%s] cannot convert symlink data for: %s (%s)\n",
+					    who_am_i(), full_fname(fbuf), strerror(errno));
+					return NULL;
+				}
+				symlink_buf[outbuf.len] = '\0';
+
+				symlink_name = symlink_buf;
+				symlink_len = outbuf.len;
+			}
+#endif
 		} else
 #endif
 			f_name(file, fbuf);
@@ -1336,19 +1419,27 @@ static struct file_struct *send_file_name(int f, struct file_list *flist,
 		if (preserve_acls && !S_ISLNK(file->mode)) {
 			sx.st.st_mode = file->mode;
 			sx.acc_acl = sx.def_acl = NULL;
-			if (get_acl(fname, &sx) < 0)
+			if (get_acl(fname, &sx) < 0) {
+				io_error |= IOERR_GENERAL;
 				return NULL;
+			}
 		}
 #endif
 #ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
 		if (preserve_xattrs) {
 			sx.xattr = NULL;
-			if (get_xattr(fname, &sx) < 0)
+			if (get_xattr(fname, &sx) < 0) {
+				io_error |= IOERR_GENERAL;
 				return NULL;
+			}
 		}
 #endif
 
-		send_file_entry(f, fbuf, file, flist->used, flist->ndx_start);
+		send_file_entry(f, fbuf, file,
+#ifdef SUPPORT_LINKS
+				symlink_name, symlink_len,
+#endif
+				flist->used, flist->ndx_start);
 
 #ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
 		if (preserve_acls && !S_ISLNK(file->mode)) {
@@ -1506,6 +1597,19 @@ static void add_dirs_to_tree(int parent_ndx, struct file_list *from_flist,
 		DIR_NEXT_SIBLING(dp) = -1;
 }
 
+static void interpret_stat_error(const char *fname, int is_dir)
+{
+	if (errno == ENOENT) {
+		io_error |= IOERR_VANISHED;
+		rprintf(FWARNING, "%s has vanished: %s\n",
+			is_dir ? "directory" : "file", full_fname(fname));
+	} else {
+		io_error |= IOERR_GENERAL;
+		rsyserr(FERROR_XFER, errno, "link_stat %s failed",
+			full_fname(fname));
+	}
+}
+
 /* This function is normally called by the sender, but the receiving side also
  * calls it from get_dirlist() with f set to -1 so that we just construct the
  * file list in memory without sending it over the wire.  Also, get_dirlist()
@@ -1525,6 +1629,11 @@ static void send_directory(int f, struct file_list *flist, char *fbuf, int len,
 	assert(flist != NULL);
 
 	if (!(d = opendir(fbuf))) {
+		if (errno == ENOENT) {
+			if (am_sender) /* Can abuse this for vanished error w/ENOENT: */
+				interpret_stat_error(fbuf, True);
+			return;
+		}
 		io_error |= IOERR_GENERAL;
 		rsyserr(FERROR_XFER, errno, "opendir %s failed", full_fname(fbuf));
 		return;
@@ -1543,14 +1652,14 @@ static void send_directory(int f, struct file_list *flist, char *fbuf, int len,
 			continue;
 		if (strlcpy(p, dname, remainder) >= remainder) {
 			io_error |= IOERR_GENERAL;
-			rprintf(FINFO,
+			rprintf(FERROR_XFER,
 				"cannot send long-named file %s\n",
 				full_fname(fbuf));
 			continue;
 		}
 		if (dname[0] == '\0') {
 			io_error |= IOERR_GENERAL;
-			rprintf(FINFO,
+			rprintf(FERROR_XFER,
 				"cannot send file with empty name in %s\n",
 				full_fname(fbuf));
 			continue;
@@ -1677,6 +1786,15 @@ done:
 	filter_list = save_filter_list;
 }
 
+static NORETURN void fatal_unsafe_io_error(void)
+{
+	/* This (sadly) can only happen when pushing data because
+	 * the sender does not know about what kind of delete
+	 * is in effect on the receiving side when pulling. */
+	rprintf(FERROR_XFER, "FATAL I/O ERROR: dying to avoid a --delete-during issue with a pre-3.0.7 receiver.\n");
+	exit_cleanup(RERR_UNSUPPORTED);
+}
+
 static void send1extra(int f, struct file_struct *file, struct file_list *flist)
 {
 	char fbuf[MAXPATHLEN];
@@ -1696,9 +1814,7 @@ static void send1extra(int f, struct file_struct *file, struct file_list *flist)
 		if (one_file_system) {
 			STRUCT_STAT st;
 			if (link_stat(fbuf, &st, copy_dirlinks) != 0) {
-				io_error |= IOERR_GENERAL;
-				rsyserr(FERROR_XFER, errno, "link_stat %s failed",
-					full_fname(fbuf));
+				interpret_stat_error(fbuf, True);
 				return;
 			}
 			filesystem_dev = st.st_dev;
@@ -1733,9 +1849,7 @@ static void send1extra(int f, struct file_struct *file, struct file_list *flist)
 		if (name_type != NORMAL_NAME) {
 			STRUCT_STAT st;
 			if (link_stat(fbuf, &st, 1) != 0) {
-				io_error |= IOERR_GENERAL;
-				rsyserr(FERROR_XFER, errno, "link_stat %s failed",
-					full_fname(fbuf));
+				interpret_stat_error(fbuf, True);
 				continue;
 			}
 			send_file_name(f, flist, fbuf, &st, FLAG_TOP_DIR | flags, ALL_FILTERS);
@@ -1796,7 +1910,16 @@ void send_extra_file_list(int f, int at_least)
 			dp = F_DIR_NODE_P(file);
 		}
 
-		write_byte(f, 0);
+		if (io_error == save_io_error || ignore_errors)
+			write_byte(f, 0);
+		else if (use_safe_inc_flist) {
+			write_shortint(f, XMIT_EXTENDED_FLAGS|XMIT_IO_ERROR_ENDLIST);
+			write_varint(f, io_error);
+		} else {
+			if (delete_during)
+				fatal_unsafe_io_error();
+			write_byte(f, 0);
+		}
 
 		if (need_unsorted_flist) {
 			if (!(flist->sorted = new_array(struct file_struct *, flist->used)))
@@ -1853,7 +1976,7 @@ struct file_list *send_file_list(int f, int argc, char *argv[])
 	int64 start_write;
 	int use_ff_fd = 0;
 	int disable_buffering;
-	int arg_flags, flags = recurse ? FLAG_CONTENT_DIR : 0;
+	int flags = recurse ? FLAG_CONTENT_DIR : 0;
 	int reading_remotely = filesfrom_host != NULL;
 	int rl_flags = (reading_remotely ? 0 : RL_DUMP_COMMENTS)
 #ifdef ICONV_OPTION
@@ -1871,9 +1994,6 @@ struct file_list *send_file_list(int f, int argc, char *argv[])
 	start_write = stats.total_written;
 	gettimeofday(&start_tv, NULL);
 
-	if (!orig_dir)
-		orig_dir = strdup(curr_dir);
-
 	if (relative_paths && protocol_version >= 30)
 		implied_dirs = 1; /* We send flagged implied dirs */
 
@@ -1899,6 +2019,9 @@ struct file_list *send_file_list(int f, int argc, char *argv[])
 		use_ff_fd = 1;
 	}
 
+	if (!orig_dir)
+		orig_dir = strdup(curr_dir);
+
 	while (1) {
 		char fbuf[MAXPATHLEN], *fn, name_type;
 
@@ -2035,6 +2158,11 @@ struct file_list *send_file_list(int f, int argc, char *argv[])
 			continue;
 		}
 
+		/* A dot-dir should not be excluded! */
+		if (name_type != DOTDIR_NAME
+		 && is_excluded(fbuf, S_ISDIR(st.st_mode) != 0, ALL_FILTERS))
+			continue;
+
 		if (S_ISDIR(st.st_mode) && !xfer_dirs) {
 			rprintf(FINFO, "skipping directory %s\n", fbuf);
 			continue;
@@ -2060,13 +2188,11 @@ struct file_list *send_file_list(int f, int argc, char *argv[])
 		if (one_file_system)
 			filesystem_dev = st.st_dev;
 
-		arg_flags = name_type == DOTDIR_NAME ? FLAG_DOTDIR_NAME : 0;
-
 		if (recurse || (xfer_dirs && name_type != NORMAL_NAME)) {
 			struct file_struct *file;
-			arg_flags |= FLAG_TOP_DIR | FLAG_CONTENT_DIR;
 			file = send_file_name(f, flist, fbuf, &st,
-					      arg_flags | flags, ALL_FILTERS);
+					      FLAG_TOP_DIR | FLAG_CONTENT_DIR | flags,
+					      NO_FILTERS);
 			if (!file)
 				continue;
 			if (inc_recurse) {
@@ -2080,7 +2206,7 @@ struct file_list *send_file_list(int f, int argc, char *argv[])
 			} else
 				send_if_directory(f, flist, file, fbuf, len, flags);
 		} else
-			send_file_name(f, flist, fbuf, &st, arg_flags | flags, ALL_FILTERS);
+			send_file_name(f, flist, fbuf, &st, flags, NO_FILTERS);
 	}
 
 	gettimeofday(&end_tv, NULL);
@@ -2090,7 +2216,17 @@ struct file_list *send_file_list(int f, int argc, char *argv[])
 		stats.flist_buildtime = 1;
 	start_tv = end_tv;
 
-	write_byte(f, 0); /* Indicate end of file list */
+	/* Indicate end of file list */
+	if (io_error == 0 || ignore_errors)
+		write_byte(f, 0);
+	else if (use_safe_inc_flist) {
+		write_shortint(f, XMIT_EXTENDED_FLAGS|XMIT_IO_ERROR_ENDLIST);
+		write_varint(f, io_error);
+	} else {
+		if (delete_during && inc_recurse)
+			fatal_unsafe_io_error();
+		write_byte(f, 0);
+	}
 
 #ifdef SUPPORT_HARD_LINKS
 	if (preserve_hard_links && protocol_version >= 30 && !inc_recurse)
@@ -2125,10 +2261,12 @@ struct file_list *send_file_list(int f, int argc, char *argv[])
 	if (numeric_ids <= 0 && !inc_recurse)
 		send_id_list(f);
 
+	set_msg_fd_in(-1);
+
 	/* send the io_error flag */
 	if (protocol_version < 30)
 		write_int(f, ignore_errors ? 0 : io_error);
-	else if (io_error && !ignore_errors)
+	else if (!use_safe_inc_flist && io_error && !ignore_errors)
 		send_msg_int(MSG_IO_ERROR, io_error);
 
 	if (disable_buffering)
@@ -2146,7 +2284,7 @@ struct file_list *send_file_list(int f, int argc, char *argv[])
 	if (inc_recurse) {
 		send_dir_depth = 1;
 		add_dirs_to_tree(-1, flist, dir_count);
-		if (!file_total || strcmp(flist->sorted[0]->basename, ".") != 0) 
+		if (!file_total || strcmp(flist->sorted[flist->low]->basename, ".") != 0)
 			flist->parent_ndx = -1;
 		flist_done_allocating(flist);
 		if (send_dir_ndx < 0) {
@@ -2169,6 +2307,7 @@ struct file_list *recv_file_list(int f)
 	struct file_list *flist;
 	int dstart, flags;
 	int64 start_read;
+	int save_verbose = verbose;
 
 	if (!first_flist)
 		rprintf(FLOG, "receiving file list\n");
@@ -2195,13 +2334,27 @@ struct file_list *recv_file_list(int f)
 		dstart = 0;
 	}
 
+	if (am_server && verbose > 2)
+		verbose = 2;
 	while ((flags = read_byte(f)) != 0) {
 		struct file_struct *file;
 
-		flist_expand(flist, 1);
-
 		if (protocol_version >= 28 && (flags & XMIT_EXTENDED_FLAGS))
 			flags |= read_byte(f) << 8;
+
+		if (flags == (XMIT_EXTENDED_FLAGS|XMIT_IO_ERROR_ENDLIST)) {
+			int err;
+			if (!use_safe_inc_flist) {
+				rprintf(FERROR, "Invalid flist flag: %x\n", flags);
+				exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
+			}
+			err = read_varint(f);
+			if (!ignore_errors)
+				io_error |= err;
+			break;
+		}
+
+		flist_expand(flist, 1);
 		file = recv_file_entry(flist, flags, f);
 
 		if (inc_recurse && S_ISDIR(file->mode)) {
@@ -2214,11 +2367,12 @@ struct file_list *recv_file_list(int f)
 		maybe_emit_filelist_progress(flist->used);
 
 		if (verbose > 2) {
-			rprintf(FINFO, "recv_file_name(%s)\n",
-				f_name(file, NULL));
+			char *name = f_name(file, NULL);
+			rprintf(FINFO, "recv_file_name(%s)\n", NS(name));
 		}
 	}
 	file_total += flist->used;
+	verbose = save_verbose;
 
 	if (verbose > 2)
 		rprintf(FINFO, "received %d names\n", flist->used);
@@ -2270,7 +2424,7 @@ struct file_list *recv_file_list(int f)
 		else
 			io_error |= read_int(f);
 	} else if (inc_recurse && flist->ndx_start == 1) {
-		if (!file_total || strcmp(flist->sorted[0]->basename, ".") != 0) 
+		if (!file_total || strcmp(flist->sorted[flist->low]->basename, ".") != 0)
 			flist->parent_ndx = -1;
 	}
 
@@ -2365,6 +2519,28 @@ int flist_find(struct file_list *flist, struct file_struct *f)
 	return -1;
 }
 
+/* Search for an identically-named item in the file list.  Differs from
+ * flist_find in that an item that agrees with "f" in directory-ness is
+ * preferred but one that does not is still found. */
+int flist_find_ignore_dirness(struct file_list *flist, struct file_struct *f)
+{
+	mode_t save_mode;
+	int ndx;
+
+	/* First look for an item that agrees in directory-ness. */
+	ndx = flist_find(flist, f);
+	if (ndx >= 0)
+		return ndx;
+
+	/* Temporarily flip f->mode to look for an item of opposite
+	 * directory-ness. */
+	save_mode = f->mode;
+	f->mode = S_ISDIR(f->mode) ? S_IFREG : S_IFDIR;
+	ndx = flist_find(flist, f);
+	f->mode = save_mode;
+	return ndx;
+}
+
 /*
  * Free up any resources a file_struct has allocated
  * and clear the file.
@@ -2882,7 +3058,7 @@ struct file_list *get_dirlist(char *dirname, int dlen, int ignore_filter_rules)
 
 	recurse = 0;
 	xfer_dirs = 1;
-	send_directory(ignore_filter_rules ? -2 : -1, dirlist, dirname, dlen, 0);
+	send_directory(ignore_filter_rules ? -2 : -1, dirlist, dirname, dlen, FLAG_CONTENT_DIR);
 	xfer_dirs = save_xfer_dirs;
 	recurse = save_recurse;
 	if (do_progress)

generator.c

@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
  * Copyright (C) 1996-2000 Andrew Tridgell
  * Copyright (C) 1996 Paul Mackerras
  * Copyright (C) 2002 Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2008 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2009 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ static int deletion_count = 0; /* used to implement --max-delete */
 static int deldelay_size = 0, deldelay_cnt = 0;
 static char *deldelay_buf = NULL;
 static int deldelay_fd = -1;
-static int lull_mod;
+static int loopchk_limit;
 static int dir_tweaking;
 static int symlink_timeset_failed_flags;
 static int need_retouch_dir_times;
@@ -521,7 +521,10 @@ static void delete_in_dir(char *fbuf, struct file_struct *file, dev_t *fs_dev)
 					f_name(fp, NULL));
 			continue;
 		}
-		if (flist_find(cur_flist, fp) < 0) {
+		/* Here we want to match regardless of file type.  Replacement
+		 * of a file with one of another type is handled separately by
+		 * a delete_item call with a DEL_MAKE_ROOM flag. */
+		if (flist_find_ignore_dirness(cur_flist, fp) < 0) {
 			int flags = DEL_RECURSE;
 			if (!(fp->mode & S_IWUSR) && !am_root && (uid_t)F_OWNER(fp) == our_uid)
 				flags |= DEL_NO_UID_WRITE;
@@ -697,8 +700,11 @@ void itemize(const char *fnamecmp, struct file_struct *file, int ndx, int statre
 			if (iflags & ITEM_XNAME_FOLLOWS)
 				write_vstring(sock_f_out, xname, strlen(xname));
 #ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
-			if (iflags & ITEM_REPORT_XATTR && !dry_run)
-				send_xattr_request(NULL, file, sock_f_out);
+			if (preserve_xattrs && do_xfers
+			 && iflags & (ITEM_REPORT_XATTR|ITEM_TRANSFER)) {
+				send_xattr_request(NULL, file,
+					iflags & ITEM_REPORT_XATTR ? sock_f_out : -1);
+			}
 #endif
 		} else if (ndx >= 0) {
 			enum logcode code = logfile_format_has_i ? FINFO : FCLIENT;
@@ -753,18 +759,19 @@ static void sum_sizes_sqroot(struct sum_struct *sum, int64 len)
 {
 	int32 blength;
 	int s2length;
+	int64 l;
 
 	if (block_size)
 		blength = block_size;
 	else if (len <= BLOCK_SIZE * BLOCK_SIZE)
 		blength = BLOCK_SIZE;
 	else {
+		int32 max_blength = protocol_version < 30 ? OLD_MAX_BLOCK_SIZE : MAX_BLOCK_SIZE;
 		int32 c;
-		int64 l;
 		int cnt;
 		for (c = 1, l = len, cnt = 0; l >>= 2; c <<= 1, cnt++) {}
-		if (cnt >= 31 || c >= MAX_BLOCK_SIZE)
-			blength = MAX_BLOCK_SIZE;
+		if (c < 0 || c >= max_blength)
+			blength = max_blength;
 		else {
 		    blength = 0;
 		    do {
@@ -783,7 +790,6 @@ static void sum_sizes_sqroot(struct sum_struct *sum, int64 len)
 		s2length = SUM_LENGTH;
 	} else {
 		int32 c;
-		int64 l;
 		int b = BLOCKSUM_BIAS;
 		for (l = len; l >>= 1; b += 2) {}
 		for (c = blength; (c >>= 1) && b; b--) {}
@@ -797,7 +803,10 @@ static void sum_sizes_sqroot(struct sum_struct *sum, int64 len)
 	sum->blength	= blength;
 	sum->s2length	= s2length;
 	sum->remainder	= (int32)(len % blength);
-	sum->count	= (int32)(len / blength) + (sum->remainder != 0);
+	sum->count	= (int32)(l = (len / blength) + (sum->remainder != 0));
+
+	if ((int64)sum->count != l)
+		sum->count = -1;
 
 	if (sum->count && verbose > 2) {
 		rprintf(FINFO,
@@ -813,7 +822,7 @@ static void sum_sizes_sqroot(struct sum_struct *sum, int64 len)
  *
  * Generate approximately one checksum every block_len bytes.
  */
-static void generate_and_send_sums(int fd, OFF_T len, int f_out, int f_copy)
+static int generate_and_send_sums(int fd, OFF_T len, int f_out, int f_copy)
 {
 	int32 i;
 	struct map_struct *mapbuf;
@@ -821,10 +830,12 @@ static void generate_and_send_sums(int fd, OFF_T len, int f_out, int f_copy)
 	OFF_T offset = 0;
 
 	sum_sizes_sqroot(&sum, len);
+	if (sum.count < 0)
+		return -1;
 	write_sum_head(f_out, &sum);
 
 	if (append_mode > 0 && f_copy < 0)
-		return;
+		return 0;
 
 	if (len > 0)
 		mapbuf = map_file(fd, len, MAX_MAP_SIZE, sum.blength);
@@ -861,6 +872,8 @@ static void generate_and_send_sums(int fd, OFF_T len, int f_out, int f_copy)
 
 	if (mapbuf)
 		unmap_file(mapbuf);
+
+	return 0;
 }
 
 
@@ -922,6 +935,7 @@ static int copy_altdest_file(const char *src, const char *dest, struct file_stru
 {
 	char buf[MAXPATHLEN];
 	const char *copy_to, *partialptr;
+	int save_preserve_xattrs = preserve_xattrs;
 	int ok, fd_w;
 
 	if (inplace) {
@@ -946,7 +960,9 @@ static int copy_altdest_file(const char *src, const char *dest, struct file_stru
 		return -1;
 	}
 	partialptr = partial_dir ? partial_dir_fname(dest) : NULL;
+	preserve_xattrs = 0; /* xattrs were copied with file */
 	ok = finish_transfer(dest, copy_to, src, partialptr, file, 1, 0);
+	preserve_xattrs = save_preserve_xattrs;
 	cleanup_disable();
 	return ok ? 0 : -1;
 }
@@ -1108,8 +1124,8 @@ static int try_dests_non(struct file_struct *file, char *fname, int ndx,
 		}
 		switch (type) {
 		case TYPE_DIR:
-			break;
 		case TYPE_SPECIAL:
+			break;
 		case TYPE_DEVICE:
 			devp = F_RDEV_P(file);
 			if (sxp->st.st_rdev != MAKEDEV(DEV_MAJOR(devp), DEV_MINOR(devp)))
@@ -1284,7 +1300,7 @@ static void recv_generator(char *fname, struct file_struct *file, int ndx,
 		skip_dir = NULL;
 	}
 
-	if (daemon_filter_list.head) {
+	if (daemon_filter_list.head && (*fname != '.' || fname[1])) {
 		if (check_filter(&daemon_filter_list, FLOG, fname, is_dir) < 0) {
 			if (is_dir < 0)
 				return;
@@ -1432,6 +1448,7 @@ static void recv_generator(char *fname, struct file_struct *file, int ndx,
 			if (j == -2) {
 				itemizing = 0;
 				code = FNONE;
+				statret = 1;
 			} else if (j >= 0)
 				statret = 1;
 		}
@@ -1454,6 +1471,10 @@ static void recv_generator(char *fname, struct file_struct *file, int ndx,
 				goto cleanup;
 			}
 		}
+#ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
+		if (preserve_xattrs && statret == 1)
+			copy_xattrs(fnamecmpbuf, fname);
+#endif
 		if (set_file_attrs(fname, file, real_ret ? NULL : &real_sx, NULL, 0)
 		    && verbose && code != FNONE && f_out != -1)
 			rprintf(code, "%s/\n", fname);
@@ -1592,8 +1613,12 @@ static void recv_generator(char *fname, struct file_struct *file, int ndx,
 
 	if ((am_root && preserve_devices && IS_DEVICE(file->mode))
 	 || (preserve_specials && IS_SPECIAL(file->mode))) {
-		uint32 *devp = F_RDEV_P(file);
-		dev_t rdev = MAKEDEV(DEV_MAJOR(devp), DEV_MINOR(devp));
+		dev_t rdev;
+		if (IS_DEVICE(file->mode)) {
+			uint32 *devp = F_RDEV_P(file);
+			rdev = MAKEDEV(DEV_MAJOR(devp), DEV_MINOR(devp));
+		} else
+			rdev = 0;
 		if (statret == 0) {
 			int del_for_flag;
 			if (IS_DEVICE(file->mode)) {
@@ -1607,7 +1632,7 @@ static void recv_generator(char *fname, struct file_struct *file, int ndx,
 			}
 			if (statret == 0
 			 && BITS_EQUAL(sx.st.st_mode, file->mode, _S_IFMT)
-			 && sx.st.st_rdev == rdev) {
+			 && (IS_SPECIAL(sx.st.st_mode) || sx.st.st_rdev == rdev)) {
 				/* The device or special file is identical. */
 				set_file_attrs(fname, file, &sx, NULL, maybe_ATTRS_REPORT);
 				if (itemizing)
@@ -1868,15 +1893,21 @@ static void recv_generator(char *fname, struct file_struct *file, int ndx,
 			close(fd);
 			goto cleanup;
 		}
-		if ((f_copy = do_open(backupptr, O_WRONLY | O_CREAT | O_TRUNC | O_EXCL, 0600)) < 0
-		 && (errno != ENOENT || make_bak_dir(backupptr) < 0
-		  || (f_copy = do_open(backupptr, O_WRONLY | O_CREAT | O_TRUNC | O_EXCL, 0600)) < 0)) {
-			rsyserr(FERROR_XFER, errno, "open %s",
-				full_fname(backupptr));
-			unmake_file(back_file);
-			back_file = NULL;
-			close(fd);
-			goto cleanup;
+		if ((f_copy = do_open(backupptr, O_WRONLY | O_CREAT | O_TRUNC | O_EXCL, 0600)) < 0) {
+			int save_errno = errno ? errno : EINVAL; /* 0 paranoia */
+			if (errno == ENOENT && make_bak_dir(backupptr) == 0) {
+				if ((f_copy = do_open(backupptr, O_WRONLY | O_CREAT | O_TRUNC | O_EXCL, 0600)) < 0)
+					save_errno = errno ? errno : save_errno;
+				else
+					save_errno = 0;
+			}
+			if (save_errno) {
+				rsyserr(FERROR_XFER, save_errno, "open %s", full_fname(backupptr));
+				unmake_file(back_file);
+				back_file = NULL;
+				close(fd);
+				goto cleanup;
+			}
 		}
 		fnamecmp_type = FNAMECMP_BACKUP;
 	}
@@ -1931,16 +1962,32 @@ static void recv_generator(char *fname, struct file_struct *file, int ndx,
 
 	if (statret != 0 || whole_file)
 		write_sum_head(f_out, NULL);
-	else {
-		generate_and_send_sums(fd, sx.st.st_size, f_out, f_copy);
+	else if (sx.st.st_size <= 0) {
+		write_sum_head(f_out, NULL);
+		close(fd);
+	} else {
+		if (generate_and_send_sums(fd, sx.st.st_size, f_out, f_copy) < 0) {
+			rprintf(FWARNING,
+			    "WARNING: file is too large for checksum sending: %s\n",
+			    fnamecmp);
+			write_sum_head(f_out, NULL);
+		}
 		close(fd);
 	}
 
   cleanup:
 	if (back_file) {
+		int save_preserve_xattrs = preserve_xattrs;
 		if (f_copy >= 0)
 			close(f_copy);
+#ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
+		if (preserve_xattrs) {
+			copy_xattrs(fname, backupptr);
+			preserve_xattrs = 0;
+		}
+#endif
 		set_file_attrs(backupptr, back_file, NULL, NULL, 0);
+		preserve_xattrs = save_preserve_xattrs;
 		if (verbose > 1) {
 			rprintf(FINFO, "backed up %s to %s\n",
 				fname, backupptr);
@@ -1986,6 +2033,7 @@ static void touch_up_dirs(struct file_list *flist, int ndx)
 	static int counter = 0;
 	struct file_struct *file;
 	char *fname;
+	BOOL fix_dir_perms;
 	int i, start, end;
 
 	if (ndx < 0) {
@@ -2006,11 +2054,13 @@ static void touch_up_dirs(struct file_list *flist, int ndx)
 			rprintf(FINFO, "touch_up_dirs: %s (%d)\n",
 				NS(fname), i);
 		}
+		/* Be sure not to retouch permissions with --fake-super. */
+		fix_dir_perms = !am_root && !(file->mode & S_IWUSR);
 		if (!F_IS_ACTIVE(file) || file->flags & FLAG_MISSING_DIR
-		 || (!need_retouch_dir_times && file->mode & S_IWUSR))
+		 || !(need_retouch_dir_times || fix_dir_perms))
 			continue;
 		fname = f_name(file, NULL);
-		if (!(file->mode & S_IWUSR))
+		if (fix_dir_perms)
 			do_chmod(fname, file->mode);
 		if (need_retouch_dir_times) {
 			STRUCT_STAT st;
@@ -2018,10 +2068,13 @@ static void touch_up_dirs(struct file_list *flist, int ndx)
 			 && cmp_time(st.st_mtime, file->modtime) != 0)
 				set_modtime(fname, file->modtime, file->mode);
 		}
-		if (allowed_lull && !(counter % lull_mod))
-			maybe_send_keepalive();
-		else if (!(counter & 0xFF))
-			maybe_flush_socket(0);
+		if (counter >= loopchk_limit) {
+			if (allowed_lull)
+				maybe_send_keepalive();
+			else
+				maybe_flush_socket(0);
+			counter = 0;
+		}
 	}
 }
 
@@ -2035,8 +2088,7 @@ void check_for_finished_files(int itemizing, enum logcode code, int check_redo)
 	while (1) {
 #ifdef SUPPORT_HARD_LINKS
 		if (preserve_hard_links && (ndx = get_hlink_num()) != -1) {
-			flist = flist_for_ndx(ndx);
-			assert(flist != NULL);
+			flist = flist_for_ndx(ndx, "check_for_finished_files.1");
 			file = flist->files[ndx - flist->ndx_start];
 			assert(file->flags & FLAG_HLINKED);
 			finish_hard_link(file, f_name(file, fbuf), ndx, NULL, itemizing, code, -1);
@@ -2059,7 +2111,7 @@ void check_for_finished_files(int itemizing, enum logcode code, int check_redo)
 			ignore_times++;
 
 			flist = cur_flist;
-			cur_flist = flist_for_ndx(ndx);
+			cur_flist = flist_for_ndx(ndx, "check_for_finished_files.2");
 
 			file = cur_flist->files[ndx - cur_flist->ndx_start];
 			if (solo_file)
@@ -2092,10 +2144,9 @@ void check_for_finished_files(int itemizing, enum logcode code, int check_redo)
 		if (first_flist->in_progress || first_flist->to_redo)
 			break;
 
-		if (!read_batch) {
-			write_ndx(sock_f_out, NDX_DONE);
+		write_ndx(sock_f_out, NDX_DONE);
+		if (!read_batch)
 			maybe_flush_socket(1);
-		}
 
 		if (delete_during == 2 || !dir_tweaking) {
 			/* Skip directory touch-up. */
@@ -2108,7 +2159,7 @@ void check_for_finished_files(int itemizing, enum logcode code, int check_redo)
 
 void generate_files(int f_out, const char *local_name)
 {
-	int i, ndx;
+	int i, ndx, next_loopchk = 0;
 	char fbuf[MAXPATHLEN];
 	int itemizing;
 	enum logcode code;
@@ -2134,7 +2185,7 @@ void generate_files(int f_out, const char *local_name)
 	solo_file = local_name;
 	dir_tweaking = !(list_only || solo_file || dry_run);
 	need_retouch_dir_times = preserve_times > 1;
-	lull_mod = allowed_lull * 5;
+	loopchk_limit = allowed_lull ? allowed_lull * 5 : 200;
 	symlink_timeset_failed_flags = ITEM_REPORT_TIME
 	    | (protocol_version >= 30 || !am_server ? ITEM_REPORT_TIMEFAIL : 0);
 	implied_dirs_are_missing = relative_paths && !implied_dirs && protocol_version < 30;
@@ -2164,7 +2215,7 @@ void generate_files(int f_out, const char *local_name)
 	/* Since we often fill up the outgoing socket and then just sit around
 	 * waiting for the other 2 processes to do their thing, we don't want
 	 * to exit on a timeout.  If the data stops flowing, the receiver will
-	 * notice that and let us know via the redo pipe (or its closing). */
+	 * notice that and let us know via the message pipe (or its closing). */
 	ignore_timeout = 1;
 
 	dflt_perms = (ACCESSPERMS & ~orig_umask);
@@ -2179,7 +2230,10 @@ void generate_files(int f_out, const char *local_name)
 
 		if (inc_recurse && cur_flist->parent_ndx >= 0) {
 			struct file_struct *fp = dir_flist->files[cur_flist->parent_ndx];
-			f_name(fp, fbuf);
+			if (solo_file)
+				strlcpy(fbuf, solo_file, sizeof fbuf);
+			else
+				f_name(fp, fbuf);
 			ndx = cur_flist->ndx_start - 1;
 			recv_generator(fbuf, fp, ndx, itemizing, code, f_out);
 			if (delete_during && dry_run < 2 && !list_only
@@ -2215,10 +2269,13 @@ void generate_files(int f_out, const char *local_name)
 
 			check_for_finished_files(itemizing, code, 0);
 
-			if (allowed_lull && !(i % lull_mod))
-				maybe_send_keepalive();
-			else if (!(i & 0xFF))
-				maybe_flush_socket(0);
+			if (i + cur_flist->ndx_start >= next_loopchk) {
+				if (allowed_lull)
+					maybe_send_keepalive();
+				else
+					maybe_flush_socket(0);
+				next_loopchk += loopchk_limit;
+			}
 		}
 
 		if (!inc_recurse) {
@@ -2252,6 +2309,7 @@ void generate_files(int f_out, const char *local_name)
 		rprintf(FINFO, "generate_files phase=%d\n", phase);
 
 	write_ndx(f_out, NDX_DONE);
+
 	/* Reduce round-trip lag-time for a useless delay-updates phase. */
 	if (protocol_version >= 29 && !delay_updates)
 		write_ndx(f_out, NDX_DONE);
@@ -2286,7 +2344,7 @@ void generate_files(int f_out, const char *local_name)
 		touch_up_dirs(dir_flist, -1);
 
 	if (max_delete >= 0 && deletion_count > max_delete) {
-		rprintf(FINFO,
+		rprintf(FWARNING,
 			"Deletions stopped due to --max-delete limit (%d skipped)\n",
 			deletion_count - max_delete);
 		io_error |= IOERR_DEL_LIMIT;

hashtable.c

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Routines to provide a memory-efficient hashtable.
  *
- * Copyright (C) 2007-2008 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2007-2009 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ void *hashtable_find(struct hashtable *tbl, int64 key, int allocate_if_missing)
 		uchar buf[4], *keyp = buf;
 		int i;
 
-		SIVAL(buf, 0, key);
+		SIVALu(buf, 0, key);
 		for (ndx = 0, i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
 			ndx += keyp[i];
 			ndx += (ndx << 10);
@@ -104,7 +104,9 @@ void *hashtable_find(struct hashtable *tbl, int64 key, int allocate_if_missing)
 		a = b = c = 0xdeadbeef + (8 << 2);
 
 #define rot(x,k) (((x)<<(k)) ^ ((x)>>(32-(k))))
+#if SIZEOF_INT64 >= 8
 		b += (uint32)(key >> 32);
+#endif
 		a += (uint32)key;
 		c ^= b; c -= rot(b, 14);
 		a ^= c; a -= rot(c, 11);

hlink.c

@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
  * Copyright (C) 1996 Andrew Tridgell
  * Copyright (C) 1996 Paul Mackerras
  * Copyright (C) 2002 Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
- * Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2004-2009 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -30,6 +30,7 @@ extern int inc_recurse;
 extern int do_xfers;
 extern int link_dest;
 extern int preserve_acls;
+extern int preserve_xattrs;
 extern int make_backups;
 extern int protocol_version;
 extern int remove_source_files;
@@ -119,14 +120,15 @@ static void match_gnums(int32 *ndx_list, int ndx_count)
 		if (inc_recurse) {
 			node = hashtable_find(prior_hlinks, gnum, 1);
 			if (!node->data) {
-				node->data = new_array0(char, 5);
+				if (!(node->data = new_array0(char, 5)))
+					out_of_memory("match_gnums");
 				assert(gnum >= hlink_flist->ndx_start);
 				file->flags |= FLAG_HLINK_FIRST;
 				prev = -1;
 			} else if (CVAL(node->data, 0) == 0) {
 				struct file_list *flist;
 				prev = IVAL(node->data, 1);
-				flist = flist_for_ndx(prev);
+				flist = flist_for_ndx(prev, NULL);
 				if (flist)
 					flist->files[prev - flist->ndx_start]->flags &= ~FLAG_HLINK_LAST;
 				else {
@@ -179,7 +181,7 @@ static void match_gnums(int32 *ndx_list, int ndx_count)
  * to first when we're done. */
 void match_hard_links(struct file_list *flist)
 {
-	if (!list_only) {
+	if (!list_only && flist->used) {
 		int i, ndx_count = 0;
 		int32 *ndx_list;
 
@@ -255,7 +257,7 @@ static char *check_prior(struct file_struct *file, int gnum,
 	while (1) {
 		struct file_list *flist;
 		if (prev_ndx < 0
-		 || (flist = flist_for_ndx(prev_ndx)) == NULL)
+		 || (flist = flist_for_ndx(prev_ndx, NULL)) == NULL)
 			break;
 		fp = flist->files[prev_ndx - flist->ndx_start];
 		if (!(fp->flags & FLAG_SKIP_HLINK)) {
@@ -266,7 +268,8 @@ static char *check_prior(struct file_struct *file, int gnum,
 		F_HL_PREV(file) = prev_ndx = F_HL_PREV(fp);
 	}
 
-	if ((node = hashtable_find(prior_hlinks, gnum, 0)) != NULL) {
+	if (inc_recurse
+	 && (node = hashtable_find(prior_hlinks, gnum, 0)) != NULL) {
 		assert(node->data != NULL);
 		if (CVAL(node->data, 0) != 0) {
 			*prev_ndx_p = -1;
@@ -353,9 +356,13 @@ int hard_link_check(struct file_struct *file, int ndx, const char *fname,
 	}
 
 	if (link_stat(prev_name, &prev_st, 0) < 0) {
-		rsyserr(FERROR_XFER, errno, "stat %s failed",
-			full_fname(prev_name));
-		return -1;
+		if (!dry_run || errno != ENOENT) {
+			rsyserr(FERROR_XFER, errno, "stat %s failed", full_fname(prev_name));
+			return -1;
+		}
+		/* A new hard-link will get a new dev & inode, so approximate
+		 * those values in dry-run mode by zeroing them. */
+		memset(&prev_st, 0, sizeof prev_st);
 	}
 
 	if (statret < 0 && basis_dir[0] != NULL) {
@@ -365,6 +372,9 @@ int hard_link_check(struct file_struct *file, int ndx, const char *fname,
 		int j = 0;
 #ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
 		alt_sx.acc_acl = alt_sx.def_acl = NULL;
+#endif
+#ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
+		alt_sx.xattr = NULL;
 #endif
 		do {
 			pathjoin(cmpbuf, MAXPATHLEN, basis_dir[j], fname);
@@ -394,19 +404,37 @@ int hard_link_check(struct file_struct *file, int ndx, const char *fname,
 			sxp->st = alt_sx.st;
 #ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
 			if (preserve_acls && !S_ISLNK(file->mode)) {
-				if (!ACL_READY(*sxp))
+				free_acl(sxp);
+				if (!ACL_READY(alt_sx))
 					get_acl(cmpbuf, sxp);
 				else {
 					sxp->acc_acl = alt_sx.acc_acl;
 					sxp->def_acl = alt_sx.def_acl;
+					alt_sx.acc_acl = alt_sx.def_acl = NULL;
 				}
 			}
 #endif
-		}
-#ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
-		else if (preserve_acls)
-			free_acl(&alt_sx);
+#ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
+			if (preserve_xattrs) {
+				free_xattr(sxp);
+				if (!XATTR_READY(alt_sx))
+					get_xattr(cmpbuf, sxp);
+				else {
+					sxp->xattr = alt_sx.xattr;
+					alt_sx.xattr = NULL;
+				}
+			}
 #endif
+		} else {
+#ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
+			if (preserve_acls)
+				free_acl(&alt_sx);
+#endif
+#ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
+			if (preserve_xattrs)
+				free_xattr(&alt_sx);
+#endif
+		}
 	}
 
 	if (maybe_hard_link(file, ndx, fname, statret, sxp, prev_name, &prev_st,
@@ -446,7 +474,7 @@ void finish_hard_link(struct file_struct *file, const char *fname, int fin_ndx,
 {
 	stat_x prev_sx;
 	STRUCT_STAT st;
-	char alt_name[MAXPATHLEN], *prev_name;
+	char prev_name[MAXPATHLEN], alt_name[MAXPATHLEN];
 	const char *our_name;
 	struct file_list *flist;
 	int prev_statret, ndx, prev_ndx = F_HL_PREV(file);
@@ -473,23 +501,28 @@ void finish_hard_link(struct file_struct *file, const char *fname, int fin_ndx,
 #ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
 	prev_sx.acc_acl = prev_sx.def_acl = NULL;
 #endif
+#ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
+	prev_sx.xattr = NULL;
+#endif
 
 	while ((ndx = prev_ndx) >= 0) {
 		int val;
-		flist = flist_for_ndx(ndx);
-		assert(flist != NULL);
+		flist = flist_for_ndx(ndx, "finish_hard_link");
 		file = flist->files[ndx - flist->ndx_start];
 		file->flags = (file->flags & ~FLAG_HLINK_FIRST) | FLAG_HLINK_DONE;
 		prev_ndx = F_HL_PREV(file);
 		F_HL_PREV(file) = fin_ndx;
-		prev_name = f_name(file, NULL);
-		prev_statret = link_stat(prev_name, &prev_sx.st, 0);
+		prev_statret = link_stat(f_name(file, prev_name), &prev_sx.st, 0);
 		val = maybe_hard_link(file, ndx, prev_name, prev_statret, &prev_sx,
 				      our_name, stp, fname, itemizing, code);
 		flist->in_progress--;
 #ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
 		if (preserve_acls)
 			free_acl(&prev_sx);
+#endif
+#ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
+		if (preserve_xattrs)
+			free_xattr(&prev_sx);
 #endif
 		if (val < 0)
 			continue;

io.c

@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
  * Copyright (C) 1996-2001 Andrew Tridgell
  * Copyright (C) 1996 Paul Mackerras
  * Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2008 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2009 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ static char ff_lastchar;
 #ifdef ICONV_OPTION
 static xbuf iconv_buf = EMPTY_XBUF;
 #endif
-static int defer_forwarding_messages = 0, defer_forwarding_keep = 0;
+static int defer_forwarding_messages = 0, keep_defer_forwarding = 0;
 static int select_timeout = SELECT_TIMEOUT;
 static int active_filecnt = 0;
 static OFF_T active_bytecnt = 0;
@@ -119,21 +119,34 @@ static char int_byte_extra[64] = {
 
 enum festatus { FES_SUCCESS, FES_REDO, FES_NO_SEND };
 
+static void check_timeout(void)
+{
+	time_t t, chk;
+
+	if (!io_timeout || ignore_timeout)
+		return;
+
+	t = time(NULL);
+
+	if (!last_io_in)
+		last_io_in = t;
+
+	chk = MAX(last_io_out, last_io_in);
+	if (t - chk >= io_timeout) {
+		if (am_server || am_daemon)
+			exit_cleanup(RERR_TIMEOUT);
+		rprintf(FERROR, "[%s] io timeout after %d seconds -- exiting\n",
+			who_am_i(), (int)(t-chk));
+		exit_cleanup(RERR_TIMEOUT);
+	}
+}
+
 static void readfd(int fd, char *buffer, size_t N);
 static void writefd(int fd, const char *buf, size_t len);
 static void writefd_unbuffered(int fd, const char *buf, size_t len);
 static void mplex_write(int fd, enum msgcode code, const char *buf, size_t len, int convert);
 
-struct flist_ndx_item {
-	struct flist_ndx_item *next;
-	int ndx;
-};
-
-struct flist_ndx_list {
-	struct flist_ndx_item *head, *tail;
-};
-
-static struct flist_ndx_list redo_list, hlink_list;
+static flist_ndx_list redo_list, hlink_list;
 
 struct msg_list_item {
 	struct msg_list_item *next;
@@ -147,45 +160,10 @@ struct msg_list {
 
 static struct msg_list msg_queue;
 
-static void flist_ndx_push(struct flist_ndx_list *lp, int ndx)
-{
-	struct flist_ndx_item *item;
-
-	if (!(item = new(struct flist_ndx_item)))
-		out_of_memory("flist_ndx_push");
-	item->next = NULL;
-	item->ndx = ndx;
-	if (lp->tail)
-		lp->tail->next = item;
-	else
-		lp->head = item;
-	lp->tail = item;
-}
-
-static int flist_ndx_pop(struct flist_ndx_list *lp)
-{
-	struct flist_ndx_item *next;
-	int ndx;
-
-	if (!lp->head)
-		return -1;
-
-	ndx = lp->head->ndx;
-	next = lp->head->next;
-	free(lp->head);
-	lp->head = next;
-	if (!next)
-		lp->tail = NULL;
-
-	return ndx;
-}
-
 static void got_flist_entry_status(enum festatus status, const char *buf)
 {
 	int ndx = IVAL(buf, 0);
-	struct file_list *flist = flist_for_ndx(ndx);
-
-	assert(flist != NULL);
+	struct file_list *flist = flist_for_ndx(ndx, "got_flist_entry_status");
 
 	if (remove_source_files) {
 		active_filecnt--;
@@ -208,6 +186,11 @@ static void got_flist_entry_status(enum festatus status, const char *buf)
 		}
 		break;
 	case FES_REDO:
+		if (read_batch) {
+			if (inc_recurse)
+				flist->in_progress++;
+			break;
+		}
 		if (inc_recurse)
 			flist->to_redo++;
 		flist_ndx_push(&redo_list, ndx);
@@ -217,29 +200,6 @@ static void got_flist_entry_status(enum festatus status, const char *buf)
 	}
 }
 
-static void check_timeout(void)
-{
-	time_t t;
-
-	if (!io_timeout || ignore_timeout)
-		return;
-
-	if (!last_io_in) {
-		last_io_in = time(NULL);
-		return;
-	}
-
-	t = time(NULL);
-
-	if (t - last_io_in >= io_timeout) {
-		if (!am_server && !am_daemon) {
-			rprintf(FERROR, "io timeout after %d seconds -- exiting\n",
-				(int)(t-last_io_in));
-		}
-		exit_cleanup(RERR_TIMEOUT);
-	}
-}
-
 /* Note the fds used for the main socket (which might really be a pipe
  * for a local transfer, but we can ignore that). */
 void io_set_sock_fds(int f_in, int f_out)
@@ -251,13 +211,15 @@ void io_set_sock_fds(int f_in, int f_out)
 void set_io_timeout(int secs)
 {
 	io_timeout = secs;
+	allowed_lull = (io_timeout + 1) / 2;
 
-	if (!io_timeout || io_timeout > SELECT_TIMEOUT)
+	if (!io_timeout || allowed_lull > SELECT_TIMEOUT)
 		select_timeout = SELECT_TIMEOUT;
 	else
-		select_timeout = io_timeout;
+		select_timeout = allowed_lull;
 
-	allowed_lull = read_batch ? 0 : (io_timeout + 1) / 2;
+	if (read_batch)
+		allowed_lull = 0;
 }
 
 /* Setup the fd used to receive MSG_* messages.  Only needed during the
@@ -296,33 +258,32 @@ static void msg_list_add(struct msg_list *lst, int code, const char *buf, int le
 	lst->tail = m;
 }
 
+static inline int flush_a_msg(int fd)
+{
+	struct msg_list_item *m = msg_queue.head;
+	int len = IVAL(m->buf, 0) & 0xFFFFFF;
+	int tag = *((uchar*)m->buf+3) - MPLEX_BASE;
+
+	if (!(msg_queue.head = m->next))
+		msg_queue.tail = NULL;
+
+	defer_forwarding_messages++;
+	mplex_write(fd, tag, m->buf + 4, len, m->convert);
+	defer_forwarding_messages--;
+
+	free(m);
+
+	return len;
+}
+
 static void msg_flush(void)
 {
 	if (am_generator) {
-		while (msg_queue.head && io_multiplexing_out) {
-			struct msg_list_item *m = msg_queue.head;
-			int len = IVAL(m->buf, 0) & 0xFFFFFF;
-			int tag = *((uchar*)m->buf+3) - MPLEX_BASE;
-			if (!(msg_queue.head = m->next))
-				msg_queue.tail = NULL;
-			stats.total_written += len + 4;
-			defer_forwarding_messages++;
-			mplex_write(sock_f_out, tag, m->buf + 4, len, m->convert);
-			defer_forwarding_messages--;
-			free(m);
-		}
+		while (msg_queue.head && io_multiplexing_out)
+			stats.total_written += flush_a_msg(sock_f_out) + 4;
 	} else {
-		while (msg_queue.head) {
-			struct msg_list_item *m = msg_queue.head;
-			int len = IVAL(m->buf, 0) & 0xFFFFFF;
-			int tag = *((uchar*)m->buf+3) - MPLEX_BASE;
-			if (!(msg_queue.head = m->next))
-				msg_queue.tail = NULL;
-			defer_forwarding_messages++;
-			mplex_write(msg_fd_out, tag, m->buf + 4, len, m->convert);
-			defer_forwarding_messages--;
-			free(m);
-		}
+		while (msg_queue.head)
+			(void)flush_a_msg(msg_fd_out);
 	}
 }
 
@@ -449,6 +410,7 @@ static void read_msg_fd(void)
 		got_flist_entry_status(FES_NO_SEND, buf);
 		break;
 	case MSG_ERROR_SOCKET:
+	case MSG_ERROR_UTF8:
 	case MSG_CLIENT:
 		if (!am_generator)
 			goto invalid_msg;
@@ -486,9 +448,14 @@ static void read_msg_fd(void)
  * this, sender-side deletions were mostly happening at the end. */
 void increment_active_files(int ndx, int itemizing, enum logcode code)
 {
-	/* TODO: tune these limits? */
-	while (active_filecnt >= (active_bytecnt >= 128*1024 ? 10 : 50)) {
+	while (1) {
+		/* TODO: tune these limits? */
+		int limit = active_bytecnt >= 128*1024 ? 10 : 50;
+		if (active_filecnt < limit)
+			break;
 		check_for_finished_files(itemizing, code, 0);
+		if (active_filecnt < limit)
+			break;
 		if (iobuf_out_cnt)
 			io_flush(NORMAL_FLUSH);
 		else
@@ -531,9 +498,9 @@ static void mplex_write(int fd, enum msgcode code, const char *buf, size_t len,
 
 	SIVAL(buffer, 0, ((MPLEX_BASE + (int)code)<<24) + len);
 
-	defer_forwarding_keep = 1; /* defer_forwarding_messages++ on return */
+	keep_defer_forwarding++; /* defer_forwarding_messages++ on return */
 	writefd_unbuffered(fd, buffer, n+4);
-	defer_forwarding_keep = 0;
+	keep_defer_forwarding--;
 
 	if (len > n)
 		writefd_unbuffered(fd, buf+n, len-n);
@@ -568,10 +535,9 @@ void send_msg_int(enum msgcode code, int num)
 
 void wait_for_receiver(void)
 {
-	if (iobuf_out_cnt)
-		io_flush(NORMAL_FLUSH);
-	else
-		read_msg_fd();
+	if (io_flush(NORMAL_FLUSH))
+		return;
+	read_msg_fd();
 }
 
 int get_redo_num(void)
@@ -985,8 +951,8 @@ void maybe_send_keepalive(void)
 	if (time(NULL) - last_io_out >= allowed_lull) {
 		if (!iobuf_out || !iobuf_out_cnt) {
 			if (protocol_version < 29)
-				return; /* there's nothing we can do */
-			if (protocol_version >= 30)
+				send_msg(MSG_DATA, "", 0, 0);
+			else if (protocol_version >= 30)
 				send_msg(MSG_NOOP, "", 0, 0);
 			else {
 				write_int(sock_f_out, cur_flist->used);
@@ -1003,11 +969,13 @@ void start_flist_forward(int f_in)
 	assert(iobuf_out != NULL);
 	assert(iobuf_f_out == msg_fd_out);
 	flist_forward_from = f_in;
+	defer_forwarding_messages++;
 }
 
-void stop_flist_forward()
+void stop_flist_forward(void)
 {
 	flist_forward_from = -1;
+	defer_forwarding_messages--;
 	io_flush(FULL_FLUSH);
 }
 
@@ -1074,6 +1042,8 @@ static int readfd_unbuffered(int fd, char *buf, size_t len)
 			iobuf_in_ndx = 0;
 			break;
 		case MSG_NOOP:
+			if (msg_bytes != 0)
+				goto invalid_msg;
 			if (am_sender)
 				maybe_send_keepalive();
 			break;
@@ -1354,6 +1324,7 @@ int read_vstring(int f, char *buf, int bufsize)
  * called by both the sender and the receiver. */
 void read_sum_head(int f, struct sum_struct *sum)
 {
+	int32 max_blength = protocol_version < 30 ? OLD_MAX_BLOCK_SIZE : MAX_BLOCK_SIZE;
 	sum->count = read_int(f);
 	if (sum->count < 0) {
 		rprintf(FERROR, "Invalid checksum count %ld [%s]\n",
@@ -1361,7 +1332,7 @@ void read_sum_head(int f, struct sum_struct *sum)
 		exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
 	}
 	sum->blength = read_int(f);
-	if (sum->blength < 0 || sum->blength > MAX_BLOCK_SIZE) {
+	if (sum->blength < 0 || sum->blength > max_blength) {
 		rprintf(FERROR, "Invalid block length %ld [%s]\n",
 			(long)sum->blength, who_am_i());
 		exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
@@ -1452,6 +1423,22 @@ static void sleep_for_bwlimit(int bytes_written)
 	total_written = (sleep_usec - elapsed_usec) * bwlimit / (ONE_SEC/1024);
 }
 
+static const char *what_fd_is(int fd)
+{
+	static char buf[20];
+
+	if (fd == sock_f_out)
+		return "socket";
+	else if (fd == msg_fd_out)
+		return "message fd";
+	else if (fd == batch_fd)
+		return "batch file";
+	else {
+		snprintf(buf, sizeof buf, "fd %d", fd);
+		return buf;
+	}
+}
+
 /* Write len bytes to the file descriptor fd, looping as necessary to get
  * the job done and also (in certain circumstances) reading any data on
  * msg_fd_in to avoid deadlock.
@@ -1530,8 +1517,8 @@ static void writefd_unbuffered(int fd, const char *buf, size_t len)
 			if (am_server && fd == msg_fd_out)
 				exit_cleanup(RERR_STREAMIO);
 			rsyserr(FERROR, errno,
-				"writefd_unbuffered failed to write %ld bytes [%s]",
-				(long)len, who_am_i());
+				"writefd_unbuffered failed to write %ld bytes to %s [%s]",
+				(long)len, what_fd_is(fd), who_am_i());
 			/* If the other side is sending us error messages, try
 			 * to grab any messages they sent before they died. */
 			while (!am_server && fd == sock_f_out && io_multiplexing_in) {
@@ -1554,24 +1541,34 @@ static void writefd_unbuffered(int fd, const char *buf, size_t len)
 	}
 
 	no_flush--;
-	defer_inc -= defer_forwarding_keep;
+	if (keep_defer_forwarding)
+		defer_inc--;
 	if (!(defer_forwarding_messages -= defer_inc) && !no_flush)
 		msg_flush();
 }
 
-void io_flush(int flush_it_all)
+int io_flush(int flush_it_all)
 {
-	if (!iobuf_out_cnt || no_flush)
-		return;
+	int flushed_something = 0;
 
-	if (io_multiplexing_out)
-		mplex_write(sock_f_out, MSG_DATA, iobuf_out, iobuf_out_cnt, 0);
-	else
-		writefd_unbuffered(iobuf_f_out, iobuf_out, iobuf_out_cnt);
-	iobuf_out_cnt = 0;
+	if (no_flush)
+		return 0;
 
-	if (flush_it_all && !defer_forwarding_messages)
+	if (iobuf_out_cnt) {
+		if (io_multiplexing_out)
+			mplex_write(sock_f_out, MSG_DATA, iobuf_out, iobuf_out_cnt, 0);
+		else
+			writefd_unbuffered(iobuf_f_out, iobuf_out, iobuf_out_cnt);
+		iobuf_out_cnt = 0;
+		flushed_something = 1;
+	}
+
+	if (flush_it_all && !defer_forwarding_messages && msg_queue.head) {
 		msg_flush();
+		flushed_something = 1;
+	}
+
+	return flushed_something;
 }
 
 static void writefd(int fd, const char *buf, size_t len)
@@ -1579,10 +1576,8 @@ static void writefd(int fd, const char *buf, size_t len)
 	if (fd == sock_f_out)
 		stats.total_written += len;
 
-	if (fd == write_batch_monitor_out) {
-		if ((size_t)write(batch_fd, buf, len) != len)
-			exit_cleanup(RERR_FILEIO);
-	}
+	if (fd == write_batch_monitor_out)
+		writefd_unbuffered(batch_fd, buf, len);
 
 	if (!iobuf_out || fd != iobuf_f_out) {
 		writefd_unbuffered(fd, buf, len);

lib/getaddrinfo.c

@@ -295,9 +295,8 @@ int getaddrinfo(const char *node,
 					res);
 		} else if (hints.ai_flags & AI_NUMERICHOST) {
 			struct in_addr ip;
-			if (!inet_aton(node, &ip)) {
+			if (inet_pton(AF_INET, node, &ip) <= 0)
 				return EAI_FAIL;
-			}
 			return getaddr_info_single_addr(service,
 					ntohl(ip.s_addr),
 					&hints,
@@ -492,13 +491,10 @@ int getnameinfo(const struct sockaddr *sa, socklen_t salen,
 		return EAI_FAIL;
 	}
 
-	/* We don't support those. */
-	if ((node && !(flags & NI_NUMERICHOST))
-		|| (service && !(flags & NI_NUMERICSERV)))
-		return EAI_FAIL;
-
 	if (node) {
-		return gethostnameinfo(sa, node, nodelen, flags);
+		int ret = gethostnameinfo(sa, node, nodelen, flags);
+		if (ret)
+			return ret;
 	}
 
 	if (service) {

lib/md5.c

@@ -38,22 +38,22 @@ static void md5_process(md_context *ctx, const uchar data[CSUM_CHUNK])
 	C = ctx->C;
 	D = ctx->D;
 
-	X[0] = IVAL(data, 0);
-	X[1] = IVAL(data, 4);
-	X[2] = IVAL(data, 8);
-	X[3] = IVAL(data, 12);
-	X[4] = IVAL(data, 16);
-	X[5] = IVAL(data, 20);
-	X[6] = IVAL(data, 24);
-	X[7] = IVAL(data, 28);
-	X[8] = IVAL(data, 32);
-	X[9] = IVAL(data, 36);
-	X[10] = IVAL(data, 40);
-	X[11] = IVAL(data, 44);
-	X[12] = IVAL(data, 48);
-	X[13] = IVAL(data, 52);
-	X[14] = IVAL(data, 56);
-	X[15] = IVAL(data, 60);
+	X[0] = IVALu(data, 0);
+	X[1] = IVALu(data, 4);
+	X[2] = IVALu(data, 8);
+	X[3] = IVALu(data, 12);
+	X[4] = IVALu(data, 16);
+	X[5] = IVALu(data, 20);
+	X[6] = IVALu(data, 24);
+	X[7] = IVALu(data, 28);
+	X[8] = IVALu(data, 32);
+	X[9] = IVALu(data, 36);
+	X[10] = IVALu(data, 40);
+	X[11] = IVALu(data, 44);
+	X[12] = IVALu(data, 48);
+	X[13] = IVALu(data, 52);
+	X[14] = IVALu(data, 56);
+	X[15] = IVALu(data, 60);
 
 #define S(x,n) ((x << n) | ((x & 0xFFFFFFFF) >> (32 - n)))
 
@@ -192,8 +192,8 @@ void md5_result(md_context *ctx, uchar digest[MD5_DIGEST_LEN])
 	     | (ctx->totalN2 <<  3);
 	low  = (ctx->totalN <<  3);
 
-	SIVAL(msglen, 0, low);
-	SIVAL(msglen, 4, high);
+	SIVALu(msglen, 0, low);
+	SIVALu(msglen, 4, high);
 
 	last = ctx->totalN & 0x3F;
 	padn = last < 56 ? 56 - last : 120 - last;
@@ -201,10 +201,10 @@ void md5_result(md_context *ctx, uchar digest[MD5_DIGEST_LEN])
 	md5_update(ctx, md5_padding, padn);
 	md5_update(ctx, msglen, 8);
 
-	SIVAL(digest, 0, ctx->A);
-	SIVAL(digest, 4, ctx->B);
-	SIVAL(digest, 8, ctx->C);
-	SIVAL(digest, 12, ctx->D);
+	SIVALu(digest, 0, ctx->A);
+	SIVALu(digest, 4, ctx->B);
+	SIVALu(digest, 8, ctx->C);
+	SIVALu(digest, 12, ctx->D);
 }
 
 void get_md5(uchar *out, const uchar *input, int n)

lib/pool_alloc.c

@@ -295,24 +295,30 @@ pool_boundary(alloc_pool_t p, size_t len)
 }
 
 #define FDPRINT(label, value) \
-	snprintf(buf, sizeof buf, label, value), \
-	write(fd, buf, strlen(buf))
+	do { \
+		int len = snprintf(buf, sizeof buf, label, value); \
+		if (write(fd, buf, len) != len) \
+			ret = -1; \
+	} while (0)
 
 #define FDEXTSTAT(ext) \
-	snprintf(buf, sizeof buf, "  %12ld  %5ld\n", \
-		(long) ext->free, \
-		(long) ext->bound), \
-	write(fd, buf, strlen(buf))
+	do { \
+		int len = snprintf(buf, sizeof buf, "  %12ld  %5ld\n", \
+				   (long)ext->free, (long)ext->bound); \
+		if (write(fd, buf, len) != len) \
+			ret = -1; \
+	} while (0)
 
-void
+int
 pool_stats(alloc_pool_t p, int fd, int summarize)
 {
 	struct alloc_pool *pool = (struct alloc_pool *) p;
 	struct pool_extent	*cur;
 	char buf[BUFSIZ];
+	int ret = 0;
 
 	if (!pool)
-		return;
+		return ret;
 
 	FDPRINT("  Extent size:       %12ld\n",	(long)	pool->size);
 	FDPRINT("  Alloc quantum:     %12ld\n",	(long)	pool->quantum);
@@ -324,13 +330,16 @@ pool_stats(alloc_pool_t p, int fd, int summarize)
 	FDPRINT("  Bytes freed:       %12.0f\n", (double) pool->b_freed);
 
 	if (summarize)
-		return;
+		return ret;
 
 	if (!pool->extents)
-		return;
+		return ret;
 
-	write(fd, "\n", 1);
+	if (write(fd, "\n", 1) != 1)
+		ret = -1;
 
 	for (cur = pool->extents; cur; cur = cur->next)
 		FDEXTSTAT(cur);
+
+	return ret;
 }

lib/sysacls.c

@@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ SMB_ACL_T sys_acl_init(int count)
 	 * acl[] array, this actually allocates an ACL with room
 	 * for (count+1) entries
 	 */
-	if ((a = (SMB_ACL_T)SMB_MALLOC(sizeof(struct SMB_ACL_T) + count * sizeof(struct acl))) == NULL) {
+	if ((a = (SMB_ACL_T)SMB_MALLOC(sizeof a[0] + count * sizeof (struct acl))) == NULL) {
 		errno = ENOMEM;
 		return NULL;
 	}
@@ -1007,7 +1007,7 @@ SMB_ACL_T sys_acl_init(int count)
 	 * acl[] array, this actually allocates an ACL with room
 	 * for (count+1) entries
 	 */
-	if ((a = SMB_MALLOC(sizeof(struct SMB_ACL_T) + count * sizeof(struct acl))) == NULL) {
+	if ((a = (SMB_ACL_T)SMB_MALLOC(sizeof a[0] + count * sizeof(struct acl))) == NULL) {
 		errno = ENOMEM;
 		return NULL;
 	}
@@ -1638,14 +1638,14 @@ SMB_ACL_T sys_acl_init(int count)
 		return NULL;
 	}
 
-	if ((a = SMB_MALLOC(sizeof(struct SMB_ACL_T) + sizeof(struct acl))) == NULL) {
+	if ((a = (SMB_ACL_T)SMB_MALLOC(sizeof a[0] + sizeof (struct acl))) == NULL) {
 		errno = ENOMEM;
 		return NULL;
 	}
 
 	a->next = -1;
 	a->freeaclp = False;
-	a->aclp = (struct acl *)(&a->aclp + sizeof(struct acl *));
+	a->aclp = (struct acl *)((char *)a + sizeof a[0]);
 	a->aclp->acl_cnt = 0;
 
 	return a;
@@ -1815,7 +1815,11 @@ SMB_ACL_T sys_acl_get_file( const char *path_p, SMB_ACL_TYPE_T type)
 
 	/* AIX has no DEFAULT */
 	if  ( type == SMB_ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT ) {
+#ifdef ENOTSUP
 		errno = ENOTSUP;
+#else
+		errno = ENOSYS;
+#endif
 		return NULL;
 	}
 

loadparm.c

@@ -1,6 +1,3 @@
-/* This is based on loadparm.c from Samba, written by Andrew Tridgell
-   and Karl Auer */
-
 /*
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -16,13 +13,14 @@
  * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
  */
 
-/* some fixes
+/* This is based on loadparm.c from Samba, written by Andrew Tridgell
+ * and Karl Auer.  Some of the changes are:
  *
  * Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2009 Wayne Davison <wayned@samba.org>
  */
 
-/*
- *  Load parameters.
+/* Load parameters.
  *
  *  This module provides suitable callback functions for the params
  *  module. It builds the internal table of service details which is

log.c

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (C) 1998-2001 Andrew Tridgell <tridge@samba.org>
  * Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2008 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2009 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -37,6 +37,7 @@ extern int protocol_version;
 extern int preserve_times;
 extern int uid_ndx;
 extern int gid_ndx;
+extern int progress_is_active;
 extern int stdout_format_has_i;
 extern int stdout_format_has_o_or_i;
 extern int logfile_format_has_i;
@@ -54,7 +55,7 @@ extern iconv_t ic_chck;
 extern iconv_t ic_send, ic_recv;
 #endif
 extern char curr_dir[];
-extern char *module_dir;
+extern char *full_module_path;
 extern unsigned int module_dirlen;
 
 static int log_initialised;
@@ -84,7 +85,7 @@ struct {
 	{ RERR_SIGNAL     , "received SIGINT, SIGTERM, or SIGHUP" },
 	{ RERR_WAITCHILD  , "waitpid() failed" },
 	{ RERR_MALLOC     , "error allocating core memory buffers" },
-	{ RERR_PARTIAL    , "some files could not be transferred" },
+	{ RERR_PARTIAL    , "some files/attrs were not transferred (see previous errors)" },
 	{ RERR_VANISHED   , "some files vanished before they could be transferred" },
 	{ RERR_TIMEOUT    , "timeout in data send/receive" },
 	{ RERR_CONTIMEOUT , "timeout waiting for daemon connection" },
@@ -256,13 +257,17 @@ void rwrite(enum logcode code, const char *buf, int len, int is_utf8)
 
 	if (am_server && msg_fd_out >= 0) {
 		assert(!is_utf8);
-		/* Pass the message to our sibling. */
+		/* Pass the message to our sibling in native charset. */
 		send_msg((enum msgcode)code, buf, len, 0);
 		return;
 	}
 
 	if (code == FERROR_SOCKET) /* This gets simplified for a non-sibling. */
 		code = FERROR;
+	else if (code == FERROR_UTF8) {
+		is_utf8 = 1;
+		code = FERROR;
+	}
 
 	if (code == FCLIENT)
 		code = FINFO;
@@ -320,6 +325,11 @@ void rwrite(enum logcode code, const char *buf, int len, int is_utf8)
 		exit_cleanup(RERR_MESSAGEIO);
 	}
 
+	if (progress_is_active && !am_server) {
+		fputc('\n', f);
+		progress_is_active = 0;
+	}
+
 	trailing_CR_or_NL = len && (buf[len-1] == '\n' || buf[len-1] == '\r')
 			  ? buf[--len] : 0;
 
@@ -517,7 +527,7 @@ static void log_formatted(enum logcode code, const char *format, const char *op,
 			break;
 		case 'M':
 			n = c = timestring(file->modtime);
-			while ((c = strchr(p, ' ')) != NULL)
+			while ((c = strchr(c, ' ')) != NULL)
 				*c = '-';
 			break;
 		case 'B':
@@ -593,7 +603,7 @@ static void log_formatted(enum logcode code, const char *format, const char *op,
 			n = timestring(time(NULL));
 			break;
 		case 'P':
-			n = module_dir;
+			n = full_module_path;
 			break;
 		case 'u':
 			n = auth_user;

main.c

@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
  * Copyright (C) 1996-2001 Andrew Tridgell <tridge@samba.org>
  * Copyright (C) 1996 Paul Mackerras
  * Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2008 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2009 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -33,7 +33,6 @@ extern int list_only;
 extern int am_root;
 extern int am_server;
 extern int am_sender;
-extern int am_generator;
 extern int am_daemon;
 extern int inc_recurse;
 extern int blocking_io;
@@ -81,6 +80,8 @@ extern struct file_list *first_flist;
 extern struct filter_list_struct daemon_filter_list;
 
 uid_t our_uid;
+int am_receiver = 0;  /* Only set to 1 after the receiver/generator fork. */
+int am_generator = 0; /* Only set to 1 after the receiver/generator fork. */
 int local_server = 0;
 int daemon_over_rsh = 0;
 mode_t orig_umask = 0;
@@ -469,7 +470,7 @@ static pid_t do_cmd(char *cmd, char *machine, char *user, char **remote_argv, in
 #ifdef ICONV_CONST
 		setup_iconv();
 #endif
-		if (protect_args)
+		if (protect_args && !daemon_over_rsh)
 			send_protected_args(*f_out_p, args);
 	}
 
@@ -507,12 +508,21 @@ static char *get_local_name(struct file_list *flist, char *dest_path)
 	if (!dest_path || list_only)
 		return NULL;
 
-	if (daemon_filter_list.head
-	 && (check_filter(&daemon_filter_list, FLOG, dest_path, 0 != 0) < 0
-	  || check_filter(&daemon_filter_list, FLOG, dest_path, 1 != 0) < 0)) {
-		rprintf(FERROR, "skipping daemon-excluded destination \"%s\"\n",
-			dest_path);
-		exit_cleanup(RERR_FILESELECT);
+	if (daemon_filter_list.head) {
+		char *slash = strrchr(dest_path, '/');
+		if (slash && (slash[1] == '\0' || (slash[1] == '.' && slash[2] == '\0')))
+			*slash = '\0';
+		else
+			slash = NULL;
+		if ((*dest_path != '.' || dest_path[1] != '\0')
+		 && (check_filter(&daemon_filter_list, FLOG, dest_path, 0) < 0
+		  || check_filter(&daemon_filter_list, FLOG, dest_path, 1) < 0)) {
+			rprintf(FERROR, "skipping daemon-excluded destination \"%s\"\n",
+				dest_path);
+			exit_cleanup(RERR_FILESELECT);
+		}
+		if (slash)
+			*slash = '/';
 	}
 
 	/* See what currently exists at the destination. */
@@ -751,6 +761,8 @@ static int do_recv(int f_in, int f_out, char *local_name)
 	}
 
 	if (pid == 0) {
+		am_receiver = 1;
+
 		close(error_pipe[0]);
 		if (f_in != f_out)
 			close(f_out);
@@ -1007,7 +1019,6 @@ int client_run(int f_in, int f_out, pid_t pid, int argc, char *argv[])
 		if (write_batch && !am_server)
 			start_write_batch(f_out);
 		flist = send_file_list(f_out, argc, argv);
-		set_msg_fd_in(-1);
 		if (verbose > 3)
 			rprintf(FINFO,"file list sent\n");
 
@@ -1178,8 +1189,8 @@ static int start_client(int argc, char *argv[])
 			rprintf(FERROR, "remote destination is not allowed with --read-batch\n");
 			exit_cleanup(RERR_SYNTAX);
 		}
-		remote_argv = argv + argc - 1;
-		remote_argc = 1;
+		remote_argv = argv += argc - 1;
+		remote_argc = argc = 1;
 	}
 
 	if (am_sender) {

match.c

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (C) 1996 Andrew Tridgell
  * Copyright (C) 1996 Paul Mackerras
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2008 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2009 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by

options.c

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (C) 1998-2001 Andrew Tridgell <tridge@samba.org>
  * Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002 Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
- * Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2002-2009 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -78,7 +78,6 @@ int def_compress_level = Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION;
 int am_root = 0; /* 0 = normal, 1 = root, 2 = --super, -1 = --fake-super */
 int am_server = 0;
 int am_sender = 0;
-int am_generator = 0;
 int am_starting_up = 1;
 int relative_paths = -1;
 int implied_dirs = 1;
@@ -228,7 +227,8 @@ static void print_rsync_version(enum logcode f)
 	STRUCT_STAT *dumstat;
 
 #if SUBPROTOCOL_VERSION != 0
-	asprintf(&subprotocol, ".PR%d", SUBPROTOCOL_VERSION);
+	if (asprintf(&subprotocol, ".PR%d", SUBPROTOCOL_VERSION) < 0)
+		out_of_memory("print_rsync_version");
 #endif
 #ifdef HAVE_SOCKETPAIR
 	got_socketpair = "";
@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ static void print_rsync_version(enum logcode f)
 
 	rprintf(f, "%s  version %s  protocol version %d%s\n",
 		RSYNC_NAME, RSYNC_VERSION, PROTOCOL_VERSION, subprotocol);
-	rprintf(f, "Copyright (C) 1996-2008 by Andrew Tridgell, Wayne Davison, and others.\n");
+	rprintf(f, "Copyright (C) 1996-2009 by Andrew Tridgell, Wayne Davison, and others.\n");
 	rprintf(f, "Web site: http://rsync.samba.org/\n");
 	rprintf(f, "Capabilities:\n");
 	rprintf(f, "    %d-bit files, %d-bit inums, %d-bit timestamps, %d-bit long ints,\n",
@@ -1356,6 +1356,12 @@ int parse_arguments(int *argc_p, const char ***argv_p)
 			"--read-batch cannot be used with --files-from\n");
 		return 0;
 	}
+	if (read_batch && remove_source_files) {
+		snprintf(err_buf, sizeof err_buf,
+			"--read-batch cannot be used with --remove-%s-files\n",
+			remove_source_files == 1 ? "source" : "sent");
+		return 0;
+	}
 	if (batch_name && strlen(batch_name) > MAX_BATCH_NAME_LEN) {
 		snprintf(err_buf, sizeof err_buf,
 			"the batch-file name must be %d characters or less.\n",
@@ -1425,7 +1431,7 @@ int parse_arguments(int *argc_p, const char ***argv_p)
 	}
 	if (!xfer_dirs && delete_mode) {
 		snprintf(err_buf, sizeof err_buf,
-			"--delete does not work without -r or -d.\n");
+			"--delete does not work without --recursive (-r) or --dirs (-d).\n");
 		return 0;
 	}
 
@@ -1808,25 +1814,41 @@ void server_options(char **args, int *argc_p)
 	if (do_compression)
 		argstr[x++] = 'z';
 
-	/* We make use of the -e option to let the server know about any
-	 * pre-release protocol version && some behavior flags. */
-	argstr[x++] = 'e';
-#if SUBPROTOCOL_VERSION != 0
-	if (protocol_version == PROTOCOL_VERSION) {
-		x += snprintf(argstr+x, sizeof argstr - x,
-			      "%d.%d", PROTOCOL_VERSION, SUBPROTOCOL_VERSION);
-	} else
-#endif
-		argstr[x++] = '.';
 	set_allow_inc_recurse();
-	if (allow_inc_recurse)
-		argstr[x++] = 'i';
-#if defined HAVE_LUTIMES && defined HAVE_UTIMES
-	argstr[x++] = 'L';
+
+	/* Checking the pre-negotiated value allows --protocol=29 override. */
+	if (protocol_version >= 30) {
+		/* We make use of the -e option to let the server know about
+		 * any pre-release protocol version && some behavior flags. */
+		argstr[x++] = 'e';
+#if SUBPROTOCOL_VERSION != 0
+		if (protocol_version == PROTOCOL_VERSION) {
+			x += snprintf(argstr+x, sizeof argstr - x,
+				      "%d.%d",
+				      PROTOCOL_VERSION, SUBPROTOCOL_VERSION);
+		} else
 #endif
+			argstr[x++] = '.';
+		if (allow_inc_recurse)
+			argstr[x++] = 'i';
+#if defined HAVE_LUTIMES && defined HAVE_UTIMES
+		argstr[x++] = 'L';
+#endif
+#ifdef ICONV_OPTION
+		argstr[x++] = 's';
+#endif
+		argstr[x++] = 'f';
+	}
+
+	if (x >= (int)sizeof argstr) { /* Not possible... */
+		rprintf(FERROR, "argstr overflow in server_options().\n");
+		exit_cleanup(RERR_MALLOC);
+	}
+
 	argstr[x] = '\0';
 
-	args[ac++] = argstr;
+	if (x > 1)
+		args[ac++] = argstr;
 
 #ifdef ICONV_OPTION
 	if (iconv_opt) {
@@ -2008,7 +2030,6 @@ void server_options(char **args, int *argc_p)
 			 *   and it may be an older version that doesn't know this
 			 *   option, so don't send it if client is the sender.
 			 */
-			int i;
 			for (i = 0; i < basis_dir_cnt; i++) {
 				args[ac++] = dest_option;
 				args[ac++] = basis_dir[i];
@@ -2048,6 +2069,11 @@ void server_options(char **args, int *argc_p)
 	else if (remove_source_files)
 		args[ac++] = "--remove-sent-files";
 
+	if (ac > MAX_SERVER_ARGS) { /* Not possible... */
+		rprintf(FERROR, "argc overflow in server_options().\n");
+		exit_cleanup(RERR_MALLOC);
+	}
+
 	*argc_p = ac;
 	return;
 
@@ -2055,6 +2081,62 @@ void server_options(char **args, int *argc_p)
 	out_of_memory("server_options");
 }
 
+/* If str points to a valid hostspec, return allocated memory containing the
+ * [USER@]HOST part of the string, and set the path_start_ptr to the part of
+ * the string after the host part.  Otherwise, return NULL.  If port_ptr is
+ * non-NULL, we must be parsing an rsync:// URL hostname, and we will set
+ * *port_ptr if a port number is found.  Note that IPv6 IPs will have their
+ * (required for parsing) [ and ] chars elided from the returned string. */
+static char *parse_hostspec(char *str, char **path_start_ptr, int *port_ptr)
+{
+	char *s, *host_start = str;
+	int hostlen = 0, userlen = 0;
+	char *ret;
+
+	for (s = str; ; s++) {
+		if (!*s) {
+			/* It is only OK if we run out of string with rsync:// */
+			if (!port_ptr)
+				return NULL;
+			if (!hostlen)
+				hostlen = s - host_start;
+			break;
+		}
+		if (*s == ':' || *s == '/') {
+			if (!hostlen)
+				hostlen = s - host_start;
+			if (*s++ == '/') {
+				if (!port_ptr)
+					return NULL;
+			} else if (port_ptr) {
+				*port_ptr = atoi(s);
+				while (isDigit(s)) s++;
+				if (*s && *s++ != '/')
+					return NULL;
+			}
+			break;
+		}
+		if (*s == '@') {
+			userlen = s - str + 1;
+			host_start = s + 1;
+		} else if (*s == '[') {
+			if (s != host_start++)
+				return NULL;
+			while (*s && *s != ']' && *s != '/') s++; /*SHARED ITERATOR*/
+			hostlen = s - host_start;
+			if (*s != ']' || (s[1] && s[1] != '/' && s[1] != ':') || !hostlen)
+				return NULL;
+		}
+	}
+
+	*path_start_ptr = s;
+	ret = new_array(char, userlen + hostlen + 1);
+	if (userlen)
+		strlcpy(ret, str, userlen + 1);
+	strlcpy(ret + userlen, host_start, hostlen + 1);
+	return ret;
+}
+
 /* Look for a HOST specfication of the form "HOST:PATH", "HOST::PATH", or
  * "rsync://HOST:PORT/PATH".  If found, *host_ptr will be set to some allocated
  * memory with the HOST.  If a daemon-accessing spec was specified, the value
@@ -2064,68 +2146,28 @@ void server_options(char **args, int *argc_p)
  * "[::ffff:127.0.0.1]") which is returned without the '[' and ']'. */
 char *check_for_hostspec(char *s, char **host_ptr, int *port_ptr)
 {
-	char *p;
-	int not_host;
-	int hostlen;
+	char *path;
 
 	if (port_ptr && strncasecmp(URL_PREFIX, s, strlen(URL_PREFIX)) == 0) {
-		char *path;
-		s += strlen(URL_PREFIX);
-		if ((p = strchr(s, '/')) != NULL) {
-			hostlen = p - s;
-			path = p + 1;
-		} else {
-			hostlen = strlen(s);
-			path = "";
+		*host_ptr = parse_hostspec(s + strlen(URL_PREFIX), &path, port_ptr);
+		if (*host_ptr) {
+			if (!*port_ptr)
+				*port_ptr = RSYNC_PORT;
+			return path;
 		}
-		if (*s == '[' && (p = strchr(s, ']')) != NULL) {
-			s++;
-			hostlen = p - s;
-			if (p[1] == ':')
-				*port_ptr = atoi(p+2);
-		} else {
-			if ((p = strchr(s, ':')) != NULL && p < s + hostlen) {
-				hostlen = p - s;
-				*port_ptr = atoi(p+1);
-			}
-		}
-		if (!*port_ptr)
-			*port_ptr = RSYNC_PORT;
-		*host_ptr = new_array(char, hostlen + 1);
-		strlcpy(*host_ptr, s, hostlen + 1);
-		return path;
 	}
 
-	if (*s == '[' && (p = strchr(s, ']')) != NULL && p[1] == ':') {
-		s++;
-		hostlen = p - s;
-		*p = '\0';
-		not_host = strchr(s, '/') || !strchr(s, ':');
-		*p = ']';
-		if (not_host)
-			return NULL;
-		p++;
-	} else {
-		if (!(p = strchr(s, ':')))
-			return NULL;
-		hostlen = p - s;
-		*p = '\0';
-		not_host = strchr(s, '/') != NULL;
-		*p = ':';
-		if (not_host)
-			return NULL;
-	}
+	*host_ptr = parse_hostspec(s, &path, NULL);
+	if (!*host_ptr)
+		return NULL;
 
-	*host_ptr = new_array(char, hostlen + 1);
-	strlcpy(*host_ptr, s, hostlen + 1);
-
-	if (p[1] == ':') {
+	if (*path == ':') {
 		if (port_ptr && !*port_ptr)
 			*port_ptr = RSYNC_PORT;
-		return p + 2;
+		return path + 1;
 	}
 	if (port_ptr)
 		*port_ptr = 0;
 
-	return p + 1;
+	return path;
 }

packaging/lsb/rsync.spec

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 Summary: A fast, versatile, remote (and local) file-copying tool
 Name: rsync
-Version: 3.0.2
+Version: 3.0.7
 %define fullversion %{version}
 Release: 1
 %define srcdir src
@@ -66,8 +66,8 @@ rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_ROOT
 %{_mandir}/man5/rsyncd.conf.5*
 
 %changelog
-* Tue Apr 08 2008 Wayne Davison <wayned@samba.org>
-Released 3.0.2.
+* Thu Dec 31 2009 Wayne Davison <wayned@samba.org>
+Released 3.0.7.
 
 * Fri Mar 21 2008 Wayne Davison <wayned@samba.org>
 Added installation of /etc/xinetd.d/rsync file and some commented-out

packaging/patch-update

@@ -10,9 +10,11 @@ use Getopt::Long;
 
 my $patches_dir = 'patches';
 my $tmp_dir = "patches.$$";
+my $make_gen_cmd = 'make -f prepare-source.mak conf && ./config.status && make gen';
 
 &Getopt::Long::Configure('bundling');
 &usage if !&GetOptions(
+    'branch|b=s' => \( my $master_branch = 'master' ),
     'skip-check' => \( my $skip_branch_check ),
     'shell|s' => \( my $launch_shell ),
     'gen:s' => \( my $incl_generated_files ),
@@ -49,19 +51,17 @@ close IN;
 if ($incl_generated_files) {
     die "'$tmp_dir' must not exist in the current directory.\n" if -e $tmp_dir;
     mkdir($tmp_dir, 0700) or die "Unable to mkdir($tmp_dir): $!\n";
-    system "./config.status Makefile && make gen && rsync -a @extra_files $tmp_dir/master/" and exit 1;
+    system "$make_gen_cmd && rsync -a @extra_files $tmp_dir/master/" and exit 1;
 }
-my $last_touch = time;
+our $last_touch = time;
 
-my(%patches, %local_patch);
+my %patches;
 
 # Start by finding all patches so that we can load all possible parents.
-open(PIPE, '-|', 'git', 'branch', '-a') or die $!;
+open(PIPE, '-|', 'git', 'branch', '-l') or die $!;
 while (<PIPE>) {
-    if (m# origin/patch/(.*)#) {
+    if (m# patch/(.*)#) {
 	$patches{$1} = 1;
-    } elsif (m# patch/(.*)#) {
-	$patches{$1} = $local_patch{$1} = 1;
     }
 }
 close PIPE;
@@ -70,19 +70,23 @@ my @patches = sort keys %patches;
 
 my(%parent, %description);
 foreach my $patch (@patches) {
-    my $branch = ($local_patch{$patch} ? '' : 'origin/') . "patch/$patch";
+    my $branch = "patch/$patch";
     my $desc = '';
-    open(PIPE, '-|', 'git', 'diff', '-U1000', "master...$branch", '--', "PATCH.$patch") or die $!;
+    open(PIPE, '-|', 'git', 'diff', '-U1000', "$master_branch...$branch", '--', "PATCH.$patch") or die $!;
     while (<PIPE>) {
 	last if /^@@ /;
     }
     while (<PIPE>) {
 	next unless s/^[ +]//;
 	if (m#patch -p1 <patches/(\S+)\.diff# && $1 ne $patch) {
-	    $parent{$patch} = $1;
+	    my $parent = $parent{$patch} = $1;
+	    if (!$patches{$parent}) {
+		die "Parent of $patch is not a local branch: $parent\n";
+	    }
 	}
 	$desc .= $_;
     }
+    close PIPE;
     $description{$patch} = $desc;
 }
 
@@ -90,8 +94,11 @@ if (@ARGV) {
     # Limit the list of patches to actually process based on @ARGV.
     @patches = ( );
     foreach (@ARGV) {
-	s{^(patches|patch|origin/patch)/} {};
+	s{^patch(es)?/} {};
 	s{\.diff$} {};
+	if (!$patches{$_}) {
+	    die "Local branch not available for patch: $_\n";
+	}
 	push(@patches, $_);
     }
 }
@@ -106,7 +113,7 @@ if ($incl_generated_files) {
     system "rm -rf $tmp_dir";
 }
 
-sleep 1 if $last_touch == time;
+sleep 1 while $last_touch >= time;
 system "git checkout $starting_branch" and exit 1;
 
 exit;
@@ -123,17 +130,13 @@ sub update_patch
 	}
 	$parent = "patch/$parent";
     } else {
-	$parent = 'master';
+	$parent = $master_branch;
     }
 
     print "======== $patch ========\n";
 
-    sleep 1 if $incl_generated_files && $last_touch == time;
-    if ($local_patch{$patch}) {
-	system "git checkout patch/$patch" and return 0;
-    } else {
-	system "git checkout --track -b patch/$patch origin/patch/$patch" and return 0;
-    }
+    sleep 1 while $incl_generated_files && $last_touch >= time;
+    system "git checkout patch/$patch" and return 0;
 
     my $ok = system("git merge $parent") == 0;
     if (!$ok || $launch_shell) {
@@ -156,7 +159,7 @@ sub update_patch
     print OUT $description{$patch}, "\n";
 
     if ($incl_generated_files) {
-	system "./config.status Makefile && make gen && rsync -a @extra_files $tmp_dir/$patch/";
+	system "$make_gen_cmd && rsync -a @extra_files $tmp_dir/$patch/" and exit 1;
     }
     $last_touch = time;
 
@@ -174,8 +177,13 @@ sub update_patch
     close PIPE;
 
     if ($incl_generated_files) {
-	$parent =~ s#.*/##;
-	open(PIPE, '-|', 'diff', '-up', "$tmp_dir/$parent", "$tmp_dir/$patch") or die $!;
+	my $parent_dir;
+	if ($parent eq $master_branch) {
+	    $parent_dir = 'master';
+	} else {
+	    ($parent_dir) = $parent =~ m{([^/]+)$};
+	}
+	open(PIPE, '-|', 'diff', '-up', "$tmp_dir/$parent_dir", "$tmp_dir/$patch") or die $!;
 	while (<PIPE>) {
 	    s#^(diff -up) $tmp_dir/[^/]+/(.*?) $tmp_dir/[^/]+/(.*)#$1 a/$2 b/$3#o;
 	    s#^\Q---\E $tmp_dir/[^/]+/([^\t]+)\t.*#--- a/$1#o;

packaging/release-rsync

@@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ use strict;
 # ~/samba-rsync-ftp dir will be ready to be rsynced to samba.org.
 
 use Cwd;
+use Getopt::Long;
 use Term::ReadKey;
 use Date::Format;
 
@@ -14,6 +15,13 @@ my $dest = $ENV{HOME} . '/samba-rsync-ftp';
 my $passfile = $ENV{HOME} . '/.rsyncpass';
 my $path = $ENV{PATH};
 
+&Getopt::Long::Configure('bundling');
+&usage if !&GetOptions(
+    'branch|b=s' => \( my $master_branch = 'master' ),
+    'help|h' => \( my $help_opt ),
+);
+&usage if $help_opt;
+
 my $now = time;
 my $cl_today = time2str('* %a %b %d %Y', $now);
 my $year = time2str('%Y', $now);
@@ -56,7 +64,7 @@ open(IN, '-|', 'git status') or die $!;
 my $status = join('', <IN>);
 close IN;
 die "The checkout is not clean:\n", $status unless $status =~ /\nnothing to commit \(working directory clean\)/;
-die "The checkout is not on the master branch.\n" unless $status =~ /^# On branch master\n/;
+die "The checkout is not on the $master_branch branch.\n" unless $status =~ /^# On branch $master_branch\n/;
 
 my $confversion;
 open(IN, '<', 'configure.in') or die $!;
@@ -221,7 +229,7 @@ print $break, <<EOT;
 
 About to:
     - commit all version changes
-    - merge the master branch into the patch/* branches
+    - merge the $master_branch branch into the patch/* branches
     - update the files in the "patches" dir and OPTIONALLY
       (if you type 'y') to launch a shell for each patch
 
@@ -232,11 +240,11 @@ my $ans = <STDIN>;
 system "git commit -a -m 'Preparing for release of $version'" and exit 1;
 
 print "Updating files in \"patches\" dir ...\n";
-system "packaging/patch-update";
+system "packaging/patch-update --branch=$master_branch";
 
 if ($ans =~ /^y/i) {
     print "\nVisiting all \"patch/*\" branches ...\n";
-    system "packaging/patch-update --shell";
+    system "packaging/patch-update --branch=$master_branch --shell";
 }
 
 print $break, <<EOT;
@@ -305,7 +313,7 @@ system "fakeroot tar czf $srctar_file rsync-$version; rm -rf rsync-$version";
 print "Updating files in \"rsync-$version/patches\" dir ...\n";
 mkdir("rsync-$version", 0755);
 mkdir("rsync-$version/patches", 0755);
-system "packaging/patch-update --skip-check --gen=rsync-$version/patches";
+system "packaging/patch-update --skip-check --branch=$master_branch --gen=rsync-$version/patches";
 
 print "Creating $pattar_file ...\n";
 system "fakeroot tar chzf $pattar_file rsync-$version/patches; rm -rf rsync-$version";
@@ -343,3 +351,15 @@ Local changes are done.  When you're satisfied, push the git repository
 and rsync the release files.  Remember to announce the release on *BOTH*
 rsync-announce@lists.samba.org and rsync@lists.samba.org (and the web)!
 EOT
+
+exit;
+
+sub usage
+{
+    die <<EOT;
+Usage: release-rsync [OPTIONS]
+
+-b, --branch=BRANCH   The branch to release (default: master)
+-h, --help            Display this help message
+EOT
+}

pipe.c

@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
  * Copyright (C) 1996-2000 Andrew Tridgell
  * Copyright (C) 1996 Paul Mackerras
  * Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
- * Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2004-2009 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by

popt/system.h

@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ char *alloca(size_t size);
 #   endif
 #  endif
 # endif
-#elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__STRICT_ANSI__)
+#elif !defined(alloca)
 #define alloca __builtin_alloca
 #endif
 

progress.c

@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
  * Copyright (C) 1996-2000 Andrew Tridgell
  * Copyright (C) 1996 Paul Mackerras
  * Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2008 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2009 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -40,6 +40,8 @@ struct progress_history {
 	OFF_T ofs;
 };
 
+int progress_is_active = 0;
+
 static struct progress_history ph_start;
 static struct progress_history ph_list[PROGRESS_HISTORY_SECS];
 static int newest_hpos, oldest_hpos;
@@ -111,8 +113,11 @@ static void rprint_progress(OFF_T ofs, OFF_T size, struct timeval *now,
 			stats.num_files);
 	} else
 		strlcpy(eol, "\r", sizeof eol);
+	progress_is_active = 0;
 	rprintf(FCLIENT, "%12s %3d%% %7.2f%s %s%s",
 		human_num(ofs), pct, rate, units, rembuf, eol);
+	if (!is_last)
+		progress_is_active = 1;
 }
 
 void set_current_file_index(struct file_struct *file, int ndx)

receiver.c

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (C) 1996-2000 Andrew Tridgell
  * Copyright (C) 1996 Paul Mackerras
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2008 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2009 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -59,6 +59,7 @@ extern struct filter_list_struct daemon_filter_list;
 
 static struct bitbag *delayed_bits = NULL;
 static int phase = 0, redoing = 0;
+static flist_ndx_list batch_redo_list;
 /* We're either updating the basis file or an identical copy: */
 static int updating_basis_or_equiv;
 
@@ -284,8 +285,11 @@ static int receive_data(int f_in, char *fname_r, int fd_r, OFF_T size_r,
 		goto report_write_error;
 
 #ifdef HAVE_FTRUNCATE
-	if (inplace && fd != -1)
-		ftruncate(fd, offset);
+	if (inplace && fd != -1
+	 && ftruncate(fd, offset) < 0) {
+		rsyserr(FERROR_XFER, errno, "ftruncate failed on %s",
+			full_fname(fname));
+	}
 #endif
 
 	if (do_progress)
@@ -348,25 +352,68 @@ static void handle_delayed_updates(char *local_name)
 	}
 }
 
-static int get_next_gen_ndx(int fd, int next_gen_ndx, int desired_ndx)
+static void no_batched_update(int ndx, BOOL is_redo)
 {
-	while (next_gen_ndx < desired_ndx) {
-		if (next_gen_ndx >= 0) {
-			struct file_struct *file = cur_flist->files[next_gen_ndx];
-			rprintf(FERROR_XFER,
-				"(No batched update for%s \"%s\")\n",
-				file->flags & FLAG_FILE_SENT ? " resend of" : "",
-				f_name(file, NULL));
-		}
-		next_gen_ndx = read_int(fd);
-		if (next_gen_ndx == -1) {
-			if (inc_recurse)
-				next_gen_ndx = first_flist->prev->used + first_flist->prev->ndx_start;
-			else
-				next_gen_ndx = cur_flist->used;
+	struct file_list *flist = flist_for_ndx(ndx, "no_batched_update");
+	struct file_struct *file = flist->files[ndx - flist->ndx_start];
+
+	rprintf(FERROR_XFER, "(No batched update for%s \"%s\")\n",
+		is_redo ? " resend of" : "", f_name(file, NULL));
+
+	if (inc_recurse && !dry_run)
+		send_msg_int(MSG_NO_SEND, ndx);
+}
+
+static int we_want_redo(int desired_ndx)
+{
+	static int redo_ndx = -1;
+
+	while (redo_ndx < desired_ndx) {
+		if (redo_ndx >= 0)
+			no_batched_update(redo_ndx, True);
+		if ((redo_ndx = flist_ndx_pop(&batch_redo_list)) < 0)
+			return 0;
+	}
+
+	if (redo_ndx == desired_ndx) {
+		redo_ndx = -1;
+		return 1;
+	}
+
+	return 0;
+}
+
+static int gen_wants_ndx(int desired_ndx)
+{
+	static int next_ndx = -1;
+	static int done_cnt = 0;
+	static BOOL got_eof = False;
+	int flist_num = first_flist->flist_num;
+
+	if (got_eof)
+		return 0;
+
+	while (next_ndx < desired_ndx) {
+		if (inc_recurse && flist_num <= done_cnt)
+			return 0;
+		if (next_ndx >= 0)
+			no_batched_update(next_ndx, False);
+		if ((next_ndx = read_int(batch_gen_fd)) < 0) {
+			if (inc_recurse) {
+				done_cnt++;
+				continue;
+			}
+			got_eof = True;
+			return 0;
 		}
 	}
-	return next_gen_ndx;
+
+	if (next_ndx == desired_ndx) {
+		next_ndx = -1;
+		return 1;
+	}
+
+	return 0;
 }
 
 /**
@@ -375,7 +422,6 @@ static int get_next_gen_ndx(int fd, int next_gen_ndx, int desired_ndx)
  * Receiver process runs on the same host as the generator process. */
 int recv_files(int f_in, char *local_name)
 {
-	int next_gen_ndx = -1;
 	int fd1,fd2;
 	STRUCT_STAT st;
 	int iflags, xlen;
@@ -410,17 +456,13 @@ int recv_files(int f_in, char *local_name)
 					 xname, &xlen);
 		if (ndx == NDX_DONE) {
 			if (inc_recurse && first_flist) {
+				if (read_batch)
+					gen_wants_ndx(first_flist->used + first_flist->ndx_start);
 				flist_free(first_flist);
 				if (first_flist)
 					continue;
-			}
-			if (read_batch && cur_flist) {
-				int high = inc_recurse
-				    ? first_flist->prev->used + first_flist->prev->ndx_start
-				    : cur_flist->used;
-				get_next_gen_ndx(batch_gen_fd, next_gen_ndx, high);
-				next_gen_ndx = -1;
-			}
+			} else if (read_batch && first_flist)
+				gen_wants_ndx(first_flist->used);
 			if (++phase > max_phase)
 				break;
 			if (verbose > 2)
@@ -441,14 +483,14 @@ int recv_files(int f_in, char *local_name)
 			rprintf(FINFO, "recv_files(%s)\n", fname);
 
 #ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
-		if (iflags & ITEM_REPORT_XATTR && !dry_run)
+		if (iflags & ITEM_REPORT_XATTR && do_xfers)
 			recv_xattr_request(file, f_in);
 #endif
 
 		if (!(iflags & ITEM_TRANSFER)) {
 			maybe_log_item(file, iflags, itemizing, xname);
 #ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
-			if (preserve_xattrs && iflags & ITEM_REPORT_XATTR && !dry_run)
+			if (preserve_xattrs && iflags & ITEM_REPORT_XATTR && do_xfers)
 				set_file_attrs(fname, file, NULL, fname, 0);
 #endif
 			continue;
@@ -495,6 +537,21 @@ int recv_files(int f_in, char *local_name)
 			exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
 		}
 
+		if (read_batch) {
+			int wanted = redoing
+				   ? we_want_redo(ndx)
+				   : gen_wants_ndx(ndx);
+			if (!wanted) {
+				rprintf(FINFO,
+					"(Skipping batched update for%s \"%s\")\n",
+					redoing ? " resend of" : "",
+					fname);
+				discard_receive_data(f_in, F_LENGTH(file));
+				file->flags |= FLAG_FILE_SENT;
+				continue;
+			}
+		}
+
 		if (!do_xfers) { /* log the transfer */
 			log_item(FCLIENT, file, &stats, iflags, NULL);
 			if (read_batch)
@@ -508,20 +565,6 @@ int recv_files(int f_in, char *local_name)
 			continue;
 		}
 
-		if (read_batch) {
-			next_gen_ndx = get_next_gen_ndx(batch_gen_fd, next_gen_ndx, ndx);
-			if (ndx < next_gen_ndx) {
-				rprintf(FINFO,
-					"(Skipping batched update for \"%s\")\n",
-					fname);
-				discard_receive_data(f_in, F_LENGTH(file));
-				if (inc_recurse)
-					send_msg_int(MSG_NO_SEND, ndx);
-				continue;
-			}
-			next_gen_ndx = -1;
-		}
-
 		partialptr = partial_dir ? partial_dir_fname(fname) : fname;
 
 		if (protocol_version >= 29) {
@@ -698,23 +741,33 @@ int recv_files(int f_in, char *local_name)
 				do_unlink(partialptr);
 				handle_partial_dir(partialptr, PDIR_DELETE);
 			}
-		} else if (keep_partial && partialptr
-		    && handle_partial_dir(partialptr, PDIR_CREATE)) {
-			if (!finish_transfer(partialptr, fnametmp, fnamecmp, NULL,
-					     file, recv_ok, !partial_dir))
+		} else if (keep_partial && partialptr) {
+			if (!handle_partial_dir(partialptr, PDIR_CREATE)) {
+				rprintf(FERROR,
+				    "Unable to create partial-dir for %s -- discarding %s.\n",
+				    local_name ? local_name : f_name(file, NULL),
+				    recv_ok ? "completed file" : "partial file");
+				do_unlink(fnametmp);
+				recv_ok = -1;
+			} else if (!finish_transfer(partialptr, fnametmp, fnamecmp, NULL,
+						    file, recv_ok, !partial_dir))
 				recv_ok = -1;
 			else if (delay_updates && recv_ok) {
 				bitbag_set_bit(delayed_bits, ndx);
 				recv_ok = 2;
-			}
-		} else {
-			partialptr = NULL;
+			} else
+				partialptr = NULL;
+		} else
 			do_unlink(fnametmp);
-		}
 
 		cleanup_disable();
 
+		if (read_batch)
+			file->flags |= FLAG_FILE_SENT;
+
 		switch (recv_ok) {
+		case 2:
+			break;
 		case 1:
 			if (remove_source_files || inc_recurse
 			 || (preserve_hard_links && F_IS_HLINKED(file)))
@@ -744,6 +797,8 @@ int recv_files(int f_in, char *local_name)
 					keptstr, redostr);
 			}
 			if (!redoing) {
+				if (read_batch)
+					flist_ndx_push(&batch_redo_list, ndx);
 				send_msg_int(MSG_REDO, ndx);
 				file->flags |= FLAG_FILE_SENT;
 			} else if (inc_recurse)

rounding.c

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * A pre-compilation helper program to aid in the creation of rounding.h.
  *
- * Copyright (C) 2007-2008 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2007-2009 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by

rsync.c

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (C) 1996 Andrew Tridgell
  * Copyright (C) 1996 Paul Mackerras
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2008 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2009 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -37,6 +37,7 @@ extern int preserve_times;
 extern int am_root;
 extern int am_server;
 extern int am_sender;
+extern int am_receiver;
 extern int am_generator;
 extern int am_starting_up;
 extern int allow_8bit_chars;
@@ -80,7 +81,6 @@ void setup_iconv(void)
 # endif
 
 	if (!am_server && !allow_8bit_chars) {
-
 		/* It's OK if this fails... */
 		ic_chck = iconv_open(defset, defset);
 
@@ -221,16 +221,19 @@ void send_protected_args(int fd, char *args[])
 	if (verbose > 1)
 		print_child_argv("protected args:", args + i + 1);
 	do {
+		if (!args[i][0])
+			write_buf(fd, ".", 2);
 #ifdef ICONV_OPTION
-		if (convert) {
+		else if (convert) {
 			INIT_XBUF_STRLEN(inbuf, args[i]);
 			iconvbufs(ic_send, &inbuf, &outbuf,
 				  ICB_EXPAND_OUT | ICB_INCLUDE_BAD | ICB_INCLUDE_INCOMPLETE);
 			outbuf.buf[outbuf.len] = '\0';
 			write_buf(fd, outbuf.buf, outbuf.len + 1);
 			outbuf.len = 0;
-		} else
+		}
 #endif
+		else
 			write_buf(fd, args[i], strlen(args[i]) + 1);
 	} while (args[++i]);
 	write_byte(fd, 0);
@@ -257,8 +260,17 @@ int read_ndx_and_attrs(int f_in, int *iflag_ptr, uchar *type_ptr,
 			break;
 		if (ndx == NDX_DONE)
 			return ndx;
-		if (!inc_recurse || am_sender)
-			goto invalid_ndx;
+		if (!inc_recurse || am_sender) {
+			int last;
+			if (first_flist)
+				last = first_flist->prev->ndx_start + first_flist->prev->used - 1;
+			else
+				last = -1;
+			rprintf(FERROR,
+				"Invalid file index: %d (%d - %d) [%s]\n",
+				ndx, NDX_DONE, last, who_am_i());
+			exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
+		}
 		if (ndx == NDX_FLIST_EOF) {
 			flist_eof = 1;
 			send_msg(MSG_FLIST_EOF, "", 0, 0);
@@ -268,9 +280,10 @@ int read_ndx_and_attrs(int f_in, int *iflag_ptr, uchar *type_ptr,
 		if (ndx < 0 || ndx >= dir_flist->used) {
 			ndx = NDX_FLIST_OFFSET - ndx;
 			rprintf(FERROR,
-				"[%s] Invalid dir index: %d (%d - %d)\n",
-				who_am_i(), ndx, NDX_FLIST_OFFSET,
-				NDX_FLIST_OFFSET - dir_flist->used + 1);
+				"Invalid dir index: %d (%d - %d) [%s]\n",
+				ndx, NDX_FLIST_OFFSET,
+				NDX_FLIST_OFFSET - dir_flist->used + 1,
+				who_am_i());
 			exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
 		}
 
@@ -291,25 +304,14 @@ int read_ndx_and_attrs(int f_in, int *iflag_ptr, uchar *type_ptr,
 	iflags = protocol_version >= 29 ? read_shortint(f_in)
 		   : ITEM_TRANSFER | ITEM_MISSING_DATA;
 
-	/* Honor the old-style keep-alive indicator. */
-	if (protocol_version < 30
-	 && ndx == cur_flist->used && iflags == ITEM_IS_NEW) {
+	/* Support the protocol-29 keep-alive style. */
+	if (protocol_version < 30 && ndx == cur_flist->used && iflags == ITEM_IS_NEW) {
 		if (am_sender)
 			maybe_send_keepalive();
 		goto read_loop;
 	}
 
-	if (!(flist = flist_for_ndx(ndx))) {
-		int start, used;
-	  invalid_ndx:
-		start = first_flist ? first_flist->ndx_start : 0;
-		used = first_flist ? first_flist->used : 0;
-		rprintf(FERROR,
-			"Invalid file index: %d (%d - %d) with iflags %x [%s]\n",
-			ndx, start - 1, start + used -1, iflags, who_am_i());
-		exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
-	}
-	cur_flist = flist;
+	cur_flist = flist_for_ndx(ndx, "read_ndx_and_attrs");
 
 	if (iflags & ITEM_BASIS_TYPE_FOLLOWS)
 		fnamecmp_type = read_byte(f_in);
@@ -561,8 +563,12 @@ int finish_transfer(const char *fname, const char *fnametmp,
 		goto do_set_file_attrs;
 	}
 
-	if (make_backups > 0 && overwriting_basis && !make_backup(fname))
-		return 1;
+	if (make_backups > 0 && overwriting_basis) {
+		if (!make_backup(fname))
+			return 1;
+		if (fnamecmp == fname)
+			fnamecmp = get_backup_name(fname);
+	}
 
 	/* Change permissions before putting the file into place. */
 	set_file_attrs(fnametmp, file, NULL, fnamecmp,
@@ -606,28 +612,48 @@ int finish_transfer(const char *fname, const char *fnametmp,
 	return 1;
 }
 
-struct file_list *flist_for_ndx(int ndx)
+struct file_list *flist_for_ndx(int ndx, const char *fatal_error_loc)
 {
 	struct file_list *flist = cur_flist;
 
 	if (!flist && !(flist = first_flist))
-		return NULL;
+		goto not_found;
 
 	while (ndx < flist->ndx_start-1) {
 		if (flist == first_flist)
-			return NULL;
+			goto not_found;
 		flist = flist->prev;
 	}
 	while (ndx >= flist->ndx_start + flist->used) {
 		if (!(flist = flist->next))
-			return NULL;
+			goto not_found;
 	}
 	return flist;
+
+  not_found:
+	if (fatal_error_loc) {
+		int first, last;
+		if (first_flist) {
+			first = first_flist->ndx_start - 1;
+			last = first_flist->prev->ndx_start + first_flist->prev->used - 1;
+		} else {
+			first = 0;
+			last = -1;
+		}
+		rprintf(FERROR,
+			"File-list index %d not in %d - %d (%s) [%s]\n",
+			ndx, first, last, fatal_error_loc, who_am_i());
+		exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
+	}
+	return NULL;
 }
 
 const char *who_am_i(void)
 {
 	if (am_starting_up)
 		return am_server ? "server" : "client";
-	return am_sender ? "sender" : am_generator ? "generator" : "receiver";
+	return am_sender ? "sender"
+	     : am_generator ? "generator"
+	     : am_receiver ? "receiver"
+	     : "Receiver"; /* pre-forked receiver */
 }

rsync.h

@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_LOCK_FILE "/var/run/rsyncd.lock"
 #define URL_PREFIX "rsync://"
 
-#define SYMLINK_PREFIX "/rsyncd-munged/"
+#define SYMLINK_PREFIX "/rsyncd-munged/"  /* This MUST have a trailing slash! */
 #define SYMLINK_PREFIX_LEN ((int)sizeof SYMLINK_PREFIX - 1)
 
 #define BACKUP_SUFFIX "~"
@@ -60,6 +60,7 @@
 #define XMIT_RDEV_MINOR_8_pre30 (1<<11)	/* protocols 28 - 29  */
 #define XMIT_GROUP_NAME_FOLLOWS (1<<11) /* protocols 30 - now */
 #define XMIT_HLINK_FIRST (1<<12)	/* protocols 30 - now (HLINKED files only) */
+#define XMIT_IO_ERROR_ENDLIST (1<<12)	/* protocols 31*- now (w/XMIT_EXTENDED_FLAGS) (also protocol 30 w/'f' compat flag) */
 
 /* These flags are used in the live flist data. */
 
@@ -83,7 +84,6 @@
 /* These flags are passed to functions but not stored. */
 
 #define FLAG_DIVERT_DIRS (1<<16)/* sender */
-#define FLAG_DOTDIR_NAME (1<<17)/* sender */
 
 #define BITS_SET(val,bits) (((val) & (bits)) == (bits))
 #define BITS_SETnUNSET(val,onbits,offbits) (((val) & ((onbits)|(offbits))) == (onbits))
@@ -130,6 +130,9 @@
 #define IO_BUFFER_SIZE (4092)
 #define MAX_BLOCK_SIZE ((int32)1 << 17)
 
+/* For compatibility with older rsyncs */
+#define OLD_MAX_BLOCK_SIZE ((int32)1 << 29)
+
 #define IOERR_GENERAL	(1<<0) /* For backward compatibility, this must == 1 */
 #define IOERR_VANISHED	(1<<1)
 #define IOERR_DEL_LIMIT (1<<2)
@@ -209,6 +212,7 @@ enum logcode {
     FERROR_XFER=1, FINFO=2, /* sent over socket for any protocol */
     FERROR=3, FWARNING=4, /* sent over socket for protocols >= 30 */
     FERROR_SOCKET=5, FLOG=6, /* only sent via receiver -> generator pipe */
+    FERROR_UTF8=8, /* only sent via receiver -> generator pipe */
     FCLIENT=7 /* never transmitted (e.g. server converts to FINFO) */
 };
 
@@ -219,6 +223,7 @@ enum msgcode {
 	MSG_ERROR_XFER=FERROR_XFER, MSG_INFO=FINFO, /* remote logging */
 	MSG_ERROR=FERROR, MSG_WARNING=FWARNING, /* protocol-30 remote logging */
 	MSG_ERROR_SOCKET=FERROR_SOCKET, /* sibling logging */
+	MSG_ERROR_UTF8=FERROR_UTF8, /* sibling logging */
 	MSG_LOG=FLOG, MSG_CLIENT=FCLIENT, /* sibling logging */
 	MSG_REDO=9,	/* reprocess indicated flist index */
 	MSG_FLIST=20,	/* extra file list over sibling socket */
@@ -392,7 +397,7 @@ enum msgcode {
 # include <limits.h>
 #endif
 
-#if defined HAVE_ICONV_OPEN && defined HAVE_ICONV_H
+#if defined USE_ICONV_OPEN && defined HAVE_ICONV_H
 #include <iconv.h>
 #ifndef ICONV_CONST
 #define ICONV_CONST
@@ -498,10 +503,12 @@ typedef unsigned int size_t;
 #if SIZEOF_OFF_T == 8 || !SIZEOF_OFF64_T || !defined HAVE_STRUCT_STAT64
 #define OFF_T off_t
 #define STRUCT_STAT struct stat
+#define SIZEOF_CAPITAL_OFF_T SIZEOF_OFF_T
 #else
 #define OFF_T off64_t
 #define STRUCT_STAT struct stat64
 #define USE_STAT64_FUNCS 1
+#define SIZEOF_CAPITAL_OFF_T SIZEOF_OFF64_T
 #endif
 
 /* CAVEAT: on some systems, int64 will really be a 32-bit integer IFF
@@ -826,6 +833,15 @@ struct stats {
 
 struct chmod_mode_struct;
 
+struct flist_ndx_item {
+	struct flist_ndx_item *next;
+	int ndx;
+};
+
+typedef struct {
+	struct flist_ndx_item *head, *tail;
+} flist_ndx_list;
+
 #define EMPTY_ITEM_LIST {NULL, 0, 0}
 
 typedef struct {

rsync.yo

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 mailto(rsync-bugs@samba.org)
-manpage(rsync)(1)(8 Apr 2008)()()
+manpage(rsync)(1)(31 Dec 2009)()()
 manpagename(rsync)(a fast, versatile, remote (and local) file-copying tool)
 manpagesynopsis()
 
@@ -70,6 +70,10 @@ destination, the files are listed in an output format similar to "ls -l".
 As expected, if neither the source or destination path specify a remote
 host, the copy occurs locally (see also the bf(--list-only) option).
 
+Rsync refers to the local side as the "client" and the remote side as the
+"server".  Don't confuse "server" with an rsync daemon -- a daemon is always a
+server, but a server can be either a daemon or a remote-shell spawned process.
+
 manpagesection(SETUP)
 
 See the file README for installation instructions.
@@ -464,9 +468,9 @@ dit(bf(--version)) print the rsync version number and exit.
 dit(bf(-v, --verbose)) This option increases the amount of information you
 are given during the transfer.  By default, rsync works silently. A
 single bf(-v) will give you information about what files are being
-transferred and a brief summary at the end. Two bf(-v) flags will give you
+transferred and a brief summary at the end. Two bf(-v) options will give you
 information on what files are being skipped and slightly more
-information at the end. More than two bf(-v) flags should only be used if
+information at the end. More than two bf(-v) options should only be used if
 you are debugging rsync.
 
 Note that the names of the transferred files that are output are done using
@@ -480,7 +484,7 @@ any way.  See the bf(--out-format) option for more details.
 
 dit(bf(-q, --quiet)) This option decreases the amount of information you
 are given during the transfer, notably suppressing information messages
-from the remote server. This flag is useful when invoking rsync from
+from the remote server. This option is useful when invoking rsync from
 cron.
 
 dit(bf(--no-motd)) This option affects the information that is output
@@ -514,7 +518,7 @@ dit(bf(-c, --checksum)) This changes the way rsync checks if the files have
 been changed and are in need of a transfer.  Without this option, rsync
 uses a "quick check" that (by default) checks if each file's size and time
 of last modification match between the sender and receiver.  This option
-changes this to compare a 128-bit MD4 checksum for each file that has a
+changes this to compare a 128-bit checksum for each file that has a
 matching size.  Generating the checksums means that both sides will expend
 a lot of disk I/O reading all the data in the files in the transfer (and
 this is prior to any reading that will be done to transfer changed files),
@@ -532,6 +536,9 @@ checksum that is generated as the file is transferred, but that
 automatic after-the-transfer verification has nothing to do with this
 option's before-the-transfer "Does this file need to be updated?" check.
 
+For protocol 30 and beyond (first supported in 3.0.0), the checksum used is
+MD5.  For older protocols, the checksum used is MD4.
+
 dit(bf(-a, --archive)) This is equivalent to bf(-rlptgoD). It is a quick
 way of saying you want recursion and want to preserve almost
 everything (with -H being a notable omission).
@@ -619,7 +626,7 @@ quote(tt(   rsync -avR /foo/./bar/baz.c remote:/tmp/))
 
 That would create /tmp/bar/baz.c on the remote machine.  (Note that the
 dot must be followed by a slash, so "/foo/." would not be abbreviated.)
-(2) For older rsync versions, you would need to use a chdir to limit the
+For older rsync versions, you would need to use a chdir to limit the
 source path.  For example, when pushing files:
 
 quote(tt(   (cd /foo; rsync -avR bar/baz.c remote:/tmp/) ))
@@ -667,7 +674,7 @@ Note that if you don't specify bf(--backup-dir), (1) the
 bf(--omit-dir-times) option will be implied, and (2) if bf(--delete) is
 also in effect (without bf(--delete-excluded)), rsync will add a "protect"
 filter-rule for the backup suffix to the end of all your existing excludes
-(e.g. bf(-f "Pp *~")).  This will prevent previously backed-up files from being
+(e.g. bf(-f "P *~")).  This will prevent previously backed-up files from being
 deleted.  Note that if you are supplying your own filter rules, you may
 need to manually insert your own exclude/protect rule somewhere higher up
 in the list so that it has a high enough priority to be effective (e.g., if
@@ -697,15 +704,31 @@ date is on the objects.  In other words, if the source has a directory
 where the destination has a file, the transfer would occur regardless of
 the timestamps.
 
-dit(bf(--inplace)) This causes rsync not to create a new copy of the file
-and then move it into place.  Instead rsync will overwrite the existing
-file, meaning that the rsync algorithm can't accomplish the full amount of
-network reduction it might be able to otherwise (since it does not yet try
-to sort data matches).  One exception to this is if you combine the option
-with bf(--backup), since rsync is smart enough to use the backup file as the
-basis file for the transfer.
+This option is a transfer rule, not an exclude, so it doesn't affect the
+data that goes into the file-lists, and thus it doesn't affect deletions.
+It just limits the files that the receiver requests to be transferred.
 
-This option is useful for transfer of large files with block-based changes
+dit(bf(--inplace)) This option changes how rsync transfers a file when
+its data needs to be updated: instead of the default method of creating
+a new copy of the file and moving it into place when it is complete, rsync
+instead writes the updated data directly to the destination file.
+
+This has several effects: (1) in-use binaries cannot be updated (either the
+OS will prevent this from happening, or binaries that attempt to swap-in
+their data will misbehave or crash), (2) the file's data will be in an
+inconsistent state during the transfer, (3) a file's data may be left in an
+inconsistent state after the transfer if the transfer is interrupted or if
+an update fails, (4) a file that does not have write permissions can not be
+updated, and (5) the efficiency of rsync's delta-transfer algorithm may be
+reduced if some data in the destination file is overwritten before it can
+be copied to a position later in the file (one exception to this is if you
+combine this option with bf(--backup), since rsync is smart enough to use
+the backup file as the basis file for the transfer).
+
+WARNING: you should not use this option to update files that are being
+accessed by others, so be careful when choosing to use this for a copy.
+
+This option is useful for transferring large files with block-based changes
 or appended data, and also on systems that are disk bound, not network
 bound.
 
@@ -714,12 +737,6 @@ the file), but conflicts with bf(--partial-dir) and bf(--delay-updates).
 Prior to rsync 2.6.4 bf(--inplace) was also incompatible with bf(--compare-dest)
 and bf(--link-dest).
 
-WARNING: The file's data will be in an inconsistent state during the
-transfer (and possibly afterward if the transfer gets interrupted), so you
-should not use this option to update files that are in use.  Also note that
-rsync will be unable to update a file in-place that is not writable by the
-receiving user.
-
 dit(bf(--append)) This causes rsync to update a file by appending data onto
 the end of the file, which presumes that the data that already exists on
 the receiving side is identical with the start of the file on the sending
@@ -931,7 +948,7 @@ a normal user, see the bf(--fake-super) option.
 
 dit(bf(--chmod)) This option tells rsync to apply one or more
 comma-separated "chmod" strings to the permission of the files in the
-transfer.  The resulting value is treated as though it was the permissions
+transfer.  The resulting value is treated as though it were the permissions
 that the sending side supplied for the file, which means that this option
 can seem to have no effect on existing files if bf(--perms) is not enabled.
 
@@ -986,7 +1003,7 @@ with the files and update them on the remote system.  Note that if this
 option is not used, the optimization that excludes files that have not been
 modified cannot be effective; in other words, a missing bf(-t) or bf(-a) will
 cause the next transfer to behave as if it used bf(-I), causing all files to be
-updated (though the rsync algorithm will make the update fairly efficient
+updated (though rsync's delta-transfer algorithm will make the update fairly efficient
 if the files haven't actually changed, you're much better off using bf(-t)).
 
 dit(bf(-O, --omit-dir-times)) This tells rsync to omit directories when
@@ -1001,7 +1018,7 @@ all groups (not just the current user's groups) via the bf(--groups)
 option, and copying devices via the bf(--devices) option.  This is useful
 for systems that allow such activities without being the super-user, and
 also for ensuring that you will get errors if the receiving side isn't
-being running as the super-user.  To turn off super-user activities, the
+being run as the super-user.  To turn off super-user activities, the
 super-user can use bf(--no-super).
 
 dit(bf(--fake-super)) When this option is enabled, rsync simulates
@@ -1040,8 +1057,8 @@ up less space on the destination.  Conflicts with bf(--inplace) because it's
 not possible to overwrite data in a sparse fashion.
 
 NOTE: Don't use this option when the destination is a Solaris "tmpfs"
-filesystem. It doesn't seem to handle seeks over null regions
-correctly and ends up corrupting the files.
+filesystem. It seems to have problems seeking over null regions,
+and ends up corrupting the files.
 
 dit(bf(-n, --dry-run)) This makes rsync perform a trial run that doesn't
 make any changes (and produces mostly the same output as a real run).  It
@@ -1051,19 +1068,20 @@ to do before one actually runs it.
 
 The output of bf(--itemize-changes) is supposed to be exactly the same on a
 dry run and a subsequent real run (barring intentional trickery and system
-call failures); if it isn't, that's a bug.  Other output is the same to the
-extent practical, but may differ in some areas.  Notably, a dry run does not
+call failures); if it isn't, that's a bug.  Other output should be mostly
+unchanged, but may differ in some areas.  Notably, a dry run does not
 send the actual data for file transfers, so bf(--progress) has no effect,
 the "bytes sent", "bytes received", "literal data", and "matched data"
 statistics are too small, and the "speedup" value is equivalent to a run
-where no file transfers are needed.
+where no file transfers were needed.
 
-dit(bf(-W, --whole-file)) With this option the delta-transfer algorithm
+dit(bf(-W, --whole-file)) With this option rsync's delta-transfer algorithm
 is not used and the whole file is sent as-is instead.  The transfer may be
 faster if this option is used when the bandwidth between the source and
 destination machines is higher than the bandwidth to disk (especially when the
 "disk" is actually a networked filesystem).  This is the default when both
-the source and destination are specified as local paths.
+the source and destination are specified as local paths, but only if no
+batch-writing option is in effect.
 
 dit(bf(-x, --one-file-system)) This tells rsync to avoid crossing a
 filesystem boundary when recursing.  This does not limit the user's ability
@@ -1089,10 +1107,18 @@ yet on the destination.  If this option is
 combined with the bf(--ignore-existing) option, no files will be updated
 (which can be useful if all you want to do is delete extraneous files).
 
+This option is a transfer rule, not an exclude, so it doesn't affect the
+data that goes into the file-lists, and thus it doesn't affect deletions.
+It just limits the files that the receiver requests to be transferred.
+
 dit(bf(--ignore-existing)) This tells rsync to skip updating files that
 already exist on the destination (this does em(not) ignore existing
 directories, or nothing would get done).  See also bf(--existing).
 
+This option is a transfer rule, not an exclude, so it doesn't affect the
+data that goes into the file-lists, and thus it doesn't affect deletions.
+It just limits the files that the receiver requests to be transferred.
+
 This option can be useful for those doing backups using the bf(--link-dest)
 option when they need to continue a backup run that got interrupted.  Since
 a bf(--link-dest) run is copied into a new directory hierarchy (when it is
@@ -1111,7 +1137,7 @@ directories that are being synchronized.  You must have asked rsync to
 send the whole directory (e.g. "dir" or "dir/") without using a wildcard
 for the directory's contents (e.g. "dir/*") since the wildcard is expanded
 by the shell and rsync thus gets a request to transfer individual files, not
-the files' parent directory.  Files that are excluded from transfer are
+the files' parent directory.  Files that are excluded from the transfer are
 also excluded from being deleted unless you use the bf(--delete-excluded)
 option or mark the rules as only matching on the sending side (see the
 include/exclude modifiers in the FILTER RULES section).
@@ -1127,13 +1153,13 @@ going to be deleted.
 If the sending side detects any I/O errors, then the deletion of any
 files at the destination will be automatically disabled. This is to
 prevent temporary filesystem failures (such as NFS errors) on the
-sending side causing a massive deletion of files on the
+sending side from causing a massive deletion of files on the
 destination.  You can override this with the bf(--ignore-errors) option.
 
 The bf(--delete) option may be combined with one of the --delete-WHEN options
 without conflict, as well as bf(--delete-excluded).  However, if none of the
 --delete-WHEN options are specified, rsync will choose the
-bf(--delete-during) algorithm when talking to an rsync 3.0.0 or newer, and
+bf(--delete-during) algorithm when talking to rsync 3.0.0 or newer, and
 the bf(--delete-before) algorithm when talking to an older rsync.  See also
 bf(--delete-delay) and bf(--delete-after).
 
@@ -1150,19 +1176,26 @@ algorithm that requires rsync to scan all the files in the transfer into
 memory at once (see bf(--recursive)).
 
 dit(bf(--delete-during, --del)) Request that the file-deletions on the
-receiving side be done incrementally as the transfer happens.  This is
-a faster method than choosing the before- or after-transfer algorithm,
-but it is only supported beginning with rsync version 2.6.4.
+receiving side be done incrementally as the transfer happens.  The
+per-directory delete scan is done right before each directory is checked
+for updates, so it behaves like a more efficient bf(--delete-before),
+including doing the deletions prior to any per-directory filter files
+being updated.  This option was first added in rsync version 2.6.4.
 See bf(--delete) (which is implied) for more details on file-deletion.
 
 dit(bf(--delete-delay)) Request that the file-deletions on the receiving
-side be computed during the transfer, and then removed after the transfer
-completes.  If the number of removed files overflows an internal buffer, a
+side be computed during the transfer (like bf(--delete-during)), and then
+removed after the transfer completes.  This is useful when combined with
+bf(--delay-updates) and/or bf(--fuzzy), and is more efficient than using
+bf(--delete-after) (but can behave differently, since bf(--delete-after)
+computes the deletions in a separate pass after all updates are done).
+If the number of removed files overflows an internal buffer, a
 temporary file will be created on the receiving side to hold the names (it
 is removed while open, so you shouldn't see it during the transfer).  If
 the creation of the temporary file fails, rsync will try to fall back to
 using bf(--delete-after) (which it cannot do if bf(--recursive) is doing an
 incremental scan).
+See bf(--delete) (which is implied) for more details on file-deletion.
 
 dit(bf(--delete-after)) Request that the file-deletions on the receiving
 side be done after the transfer has completed.  This is useful if you
@@ -1208,6 +1241,10 @@ file that is larger than the specified SIZE. The SIZE value can be
 suffixed with a string to indicate a size multiplier, and
 may be a fractional value (e.g. "bf(--max-size=1.5m)").
 
+This option is a transfer rule, not an exclude, so it doesn't affect the
+data that goes into the file-lists, and thus it doesn't affect deletions.
+It just limits the files that the receiver requests to be transferred.
+
 The suffixes are as follows: "K" (or "KiB") is a kibibyte (1024),
 "M" (or "MiB") is a mebibyte (1024*1024), and "G" (or "GiB") is a
 gibibyte (1024*1024*1024).
@@ -1222,10 +1259,10 @@ Examples: --max-size=1.5mb-1 is 1499999 bytes, and --max-size=2g+1 is
 dit(bf(--min-size=SIZE)) This tells rsync to avoid transferring any
 file that is smaller than the specified SIZE, which can help in not
 transferring small, junk files.
-See the bf(--max-size) option for a description of SIZE.
+See the bf(--max-size) option for a description of SIZE and other information.
 
 dit(bf(-B, --block-size=BLOCKSIZE)) This forces the block size used in
-the rsync algorithm to a fixed value.  It is normally selected based on
+rsync's delta-transfer algorithm to a fixed value.  It is normally selected based on
 the size of each file being updated.  See the technical report for details.
 
 dit(bf(-e, --rsh=COMMAND)) This option allows you to choose an alternative
@@ -1410,6 +1447,11 @@ quote(tt(   rsync -a --files-from=:/path/file-list src:/ /tmp/copy))
 This would copy all the files specified in the /path/file-list file that
 was located on the remote "src" host.
 
+If the bf(--iconv) and bf(--protect-args) options are specified and the
+bf(--files-from) filenames are being sent from one host to another, the
+filenames will be translated from the sending host's charset to the
+receiving host's charset.
+
 dit(bf(-0, --from0)) This tells rsync that the rules/filenames it reads from a
 file are terminated by a null ('\0') character, not a NL, CR, or CR+LF.
 This affects bf(--exclude-from), bf(--include-from), bf(--files-from), and any
@@ -1417,18 +1459,14 @@ merged files specified in a bf(--filter) rule.
 It does not affect bf(--cvs-exclude) (since all names read from a .cvsignore
 file are split on whitespace).
 
-If the bf(--iconv) and bf(--protect-args) options are specified and the
-bf(--files-from) filenames are being sent from one host to another, the
-filenames will be translated from the sending host's charset to the
-receiving host's charset.
-
-dit(bf(-s, --protect-args)) This option sends all filenames and some options to
+dit(bf(-s, --protect-args)) This option sends all filenames and most options to
 the remote rsync without allowing the remote shell to interpret them.  This
 means that spaces are not split in names, and any non-wildcard special
 characters are not translated (such as ~, $, ;, &, etc.).  Wildcards are
 expanded on the remote host by rsync (instead of the shell doing it).
 
-If you use this option with bf(--iconv), the args will also be translated
+If you use this option with bf(--iconv), the args related to the remote
+side will also be translated
 from the local to the remote character-set.  The translation happens before
 wild-cards are expanded.  See also the bf(--files-from) option.
 
@@ -1516,6 +1554,11 @@ An example:
 
 quote(tt(  rsync -av --link-dest=$PWD/prior_dir host:src_dir/ new_dir/))
 
+If file's aren't linking, double-check their attributes.  Also check if some
+attributes are getting forced outside of rsync's control, such a mount option
+that squishes root to a single user, or mounts a removable drive with generic
+ownership (such as OS X's "Ignore ownership on this volume" option).
+
 Beginning in version 2.6.4, multiple bf(--link-dest) directories may be
 provided, which will cause rsync to search the list in the order specified
 for an exact match.
@@ -1712,22 +1755,22 @@ you are talking to a recent enough rsync that it logs deletions instead of
 outputting them as a verbose message).
 
 dit(bf(--out-format=FORMAT)) This allows you to specify exactly what the
-rsync client outputs to the user on a per-update basis.  The format is a text
-string containing embedded single-character escape sequences prefixed with
-a percent (%) character.  For a list of the possible escape characters, see
-the "log format" setting in the rsyncd.conf manpage.
+rsync client outputs to the user on a per-update basis.  The format is a
+text string containing embedded single-character escape sequences prefixed
+with a percent (%) character.   A default format of "%n%L" is assumed if
+bf(-v) is specified (which reports the name
+of the file and, if the item is a link, where it points).  For a full list
+of the possible escape characters, see the "log format" setting in the
+rsyncd.conf manpage.
 
-Specifying this option will mention each file, dir, etc. that gets updated
-in a significant way (a transferred file, a recreated symlink/device, or a
-touched directory).  In addition, if the itemize-changes escape (%i) is
-included in the string, the logging of names increases to mention any
-item that is changed in any way (as long as the receiving side is at least
-2.6.4).  See the bf(--itemize-changes) option for a description of the
-output of "%i".
-
-The bf(--verbose) option implies a format of "%n%L", but you can use
-bf(--out-format) without bf(--verbose) if you like, or you can override
-the format of its per-file output using this option.
+Specifying the bf(--out-format) option
+will mention each file, dir, etc. that gets updated in a significant
+way (a transferred file, a recreated symlink/device, or a touched
+directory).  In addition, if the itemize-changes escape (%i) is included in
+the string (e.g. if the bf(--itemize-changes) option was used), the logging
+of names increases to mention any item that is changed in any way (as long
+as the receiving side is at least 2.6.4).  See the bf(--itemize-changes)
+option for a description of the output of "%i".
 
 Rsync will output the out-format string prior to a file's transfer unless
 one of the transfer-statistic escapes is requested, in which case the
@@ -1758,15 +1801,18 @@ specify an empty string, updated files will not be mentioned in the log file.
 For a list of the possible escape characters, see the "log format" setting
 in the rsyncd.conf manpage.
 
+The default FORMAT used if bf(--log-file) is specified and this option is not
+is '%i %n%L'.
+
 dit(bf(--stats)) This tells rsync to print a verbose set of statistics
-on the file transfer, allowing you to tell how effective the rsync
+on the file transfer, allowing you to tell how effective rsync's delta-transfer
 algorithm is for your data.
 
 The current statistics are as follows: quote(itemization(
   it() bf(Number of files) is the count of all "files" (in the generic
   sense), which includes directories, symlinks, etc.
   it() bf(Number of files transferred) is the count of normal files that
-  were updated via the rsync algorithm, which does not include created
+  were updated via rsync's delta-transfer algorithm, which does not include created
   dirs, symlinks, etc.
   it() bf(Total file size) is the total sum of all file sizes in the transfer.
   This does not count any size for directories or special files, but does
@@ -1827,7 +1873,7 @@ after it has served its purpose.
 Note that if bf(--whole-file) is specified (or implied), any partial-dir
 file that is found for a file that is being updated will simply be removed
 (since
-rsync is sending files without using the delta transfer algorithm).
+rsync is sending files without using rsync's delta-transfer algorithm).
 
 Rsync will create the em(DIR) if it is missing (just the last dir -- not
 the whole path).  This makes it easy to use a relative path (such as
@@ -1907,11 +1953,16 @@ creation of a bunch of useless directories when the sending rsync is
 recursively scanning a hierarchy of files using include/exclude/filter
 rules.
 
+Note that the use of transfer rules, such as the bf(--min-size) option, does
+not affect what goes into the file list, and thus does not leave directories
+empty, even if none of the files in a directory match the transfer rule.
+
 Because the file-list is actually being pruned, this option also affects
 what directories get deleted when a delete is active.  However, keep in
 mind that excluded files and directories can prevent existing items from
-being deleted (because an exclude hides source files and protects
-destination files).
+being deleted due to an exclude both hiding source files and protecting
+destination files.  See the perishable filter-rule option for how to avoid
+this.
 
 You can prevent the pruning of certain empty directories from the file-list
 by using a global "protect" filter.  For instance, this option would ensure
@@ -1945,7 +1996,7 @@ sender's file, which is being reconstructed at a rate of 110.64 kilobytes
 per second, and the transfer will finish in 4 seconds if the current rate
 is maintained until the end.
 
-These statistics can be misleading if the delta transfer algorithm is
+These statistics can be misleading if rsync's delta-transfer algorithm is
 in use.  For example, if the sender's file consists of the basis file
 followed by additional data, the reported rate will probably drop
 dramatically when the receiver gets to the literal data, and the transfer
@@ -2080,14 +2131,14 @@ If rsync was complied without support for IPv6, the bf(--ipv6) option
 will have no effect.  The bf(--version) output will tell you if this
 is the case.
 
-dit(bf(--checksum-seed=NUM)) Set the MD4 checksum seed to the integer
+dit(bf(--checksum-seed=NUM)) Set the checksum seed to the integer
 NUM.  This 4 byte checksum seed is included in each block and file
-MD4 checksum calculation.  By default the checksum seed is generated
+checksum calculation.  By default the checksum seed is generated
 by the server and defaults to the current code(time()).  This option
 is used to set a specific checksum seed, which is useful for
 applications that want repeatable block and file checksums, or
 in the case where the user wants a more random checksum seed.
-Note that setting NUM to 0 causes rsync to use the default of code(time())
+Setting NUM to 0 causes rsync to use the default of code(time())
 for checksum seed.
 enddit()
 
@@ -2258,7 +2309,7 @@ itemization(
   it() rsync chooses between doing a simple string match and wildcard
   matching by checking if the pattern contains one of these three wildcard
   characters: '*', '?', and '[' .
-  it() a '*' matches any non-empty path component (it stops at slashes).
+  it() a '*' matches any path component, but it stops at slashes.
   it() use '**' to match anything, including slashes.
   it() a '?' matches any character except a slash (/).
   it() a '[' introduces a character class, such as [a-z] or [[:alpha:]].
@@ -2331,6 +2382,39 @@ itemization(
   explicitly included or it would be excluded by the "*")
 )
 
+The following modifiers are accepted after a "+" or "-":
+
+itemization(
+  it() A bf(/) specifies that the include/exclude rule should be matched
+  against the absolute pathname of the current item.  For example,
+  "-/ /etc/passwd" would exclude the passwd file any time the transfer
+  was sending files from the "/etc" directory, and "-/ subdir/foo"
+  would always exclude "foo" when it is in a dir named "subdir", even
+  if "foo" is at the root of the current transfer.
+  it() A bf(!) specifies that the include/exclude should take effect if
+  the pattern fails to match.  For instance, "-! */" would exclude all
+  non-directories.
+  it() A bf(C) is used to indicate that all the global CVS-exclude rules
+  should be inserted as excludes in place of the "-C".  No arg should
+  follow.
+  it() An bf(s) is used to indicate that the rule applies to the sending
+  side.  When a rule affects the sending side, it prevents files from
+  being transferred.  The default is for a rule to affect both sides
+  unless bf(--delete-excluded) was specified, in which case default rules
+  become sender-side only.  See also the hide (H) and show (S) rules,
+  which are an alternate way to specify sending-side includes/excludes.
+  it() An bf(r) is used to indicate that the rule applies to the receiving
+  side.  When a rule affects the receiving side, it prevents files from
+  being deleted.  See the bf(s) modifier for more info.  See also the
+  protect (P) and risk (R) rules, which are an alternate way to
+  specify receiver-side includes/excludes.
+  it() A bf(p) indicates that a rule is perishable, meaning that it is
+  ignored in directories that are being deleted.  For instance, the bf(-C)
+  option's default rules that exclude things like "CVS" and "*.o" are
+  marked as perishable, and will not prevent a directory that was removed
+  on the source from being deleted on the destination.
+)
+
 manpagesection(MERGE-FILE FILTER RULES)
 
 You can merge whole files into your filter rules by specifying either a
@@ -2379,46 +2463,13 @@ itemization(
   "- foo + bar" is parsed as two rules (assuming that prefix-parsing wasn't
   also disabled).
   it() You may also specify any of the modifiers for the "+" or "-" rules
-  (below) in order to have the rules that are read in from the file
+  (above) in order to have the rules that are read in from the file
   default to having that modifier set.  For instance, "merge,-/ .excl" would
   treat the contents of .excl as absolute-path excludes,
   while "dir-merge,s .filt" and ":sC" would each make all their
   per-directory rules apply only on the sending side.
 )
 
-The following modifiers are accepted after a "+" or "-":
-
-itemization(
-  it() A bf(/) specifies that the include/exclude rule should be matched
-  against the absolute pathname of the current item.  For example,
-  "-/ /etc/passwd" would exclude the passwd file any time the transfer
-  was sending files from the "/etc" directory, and "-/ subdir/foo"
-  would always exclude "foo" when it is in a dir named "subdir", even
-  if "foo" is at the root of the current transfer.
-  it() A bf(!) specifies that the include/exclude should take effect if
-  the pattern fails to match.  For instance, "-! */" would exclude all
-  non-directories.
-  it() A bf(C) is used to indicate that all the global CVS-exclude rules
-  should be inserted as excludes in place of the "-C".  No arg should
-  follow.
-  it() An bf(s) is used to indicate that the rule applies to the sending
-  side.  When a rule affects the sending side, it prevents files from
-  being transferred.  The default is for a rule to affect both sides
-  unless bf(--delete-excluded) was specified, in which case default rules
-  become sender-side only.  See also the hide (H) and show (S) rules,
-  which are an alternate way to specify sending-side includes/excludes.
-  it() An bf(r) is used to indicate that the rule applies to the receiving
-  side.  When a rule affects the receiving side, it prevents files from
-  being deleted.  See the bf(s) modifier for more info.  See also the
-  protect (P) and risk (R) rules, which are an alternate way to
-  specify receiver-side includes/excludes.
-  it() A bf(p) indicates that a rule is perishable, meaning that it is
-  ignored in directories that are being deleted.  For instance, the bf(-C)
-  option's default rules that exclude things like "CVS" and "*.o" are
-  marked as perishable, and will not prevent a directory that was removed
-  on the source from being deleted on the destination.
-)
-
 Per-directory rules are inherited in all subdirectories of the directory
 where the merge-file was found unless the 'n' modifier was used.  Each
 subdirectory's rules are prefixed to the inherited per-directory rules
@@ -2628,27 +2679,26 @@ of the destination trees.  The write-batch option causes the rsync
 client to store in a "batch file" all the information needed to repeat
 this operation against other, identical destination trees.
 
-To apply the recorded changes to another destination tree, run rsync
-with the read-batch option, specifying the name of the same batch
-file, and the destination tree.  Rsync updates the destination tree
-using the information stored in the batch file.
-
-For convenience, one additional file is creating when the write-batch
-option is used.  This file's name is created by appending
-".sh" to the batch filename.  The .sh file contains
-a command-line suitable for updating a destination tree using that
-batch file. It can be executed using a Bourne (or Bourne-like) shell,
-optionally
-passing in an alternate destination tree pathname which is then used
-instead of the original path. This is useful when the destination tree
-path differs from the original destination tree path.
-
 Generating the batch file once saves having to perform the file
 status, checksum, and data block generation more than once when
 updating multiple destination trees. Multicast transport protocols can
 be used to transfer the batch update files in parallel to many hosts
 at once, instead of sending the same data to every host individually.
 
+To apply the recorded changes to another destination tree, run rsync
+with the read-batch option, specifying the name of the same batch
+file, and the destination tree.  Rsync updates the destination tree
+using the information stored in the batch file.
+
+For your convenience, a script file is also created when the write-batch
+option is used:  it will be named the same as the batch file with ".sh"
+appended.  This script file contains a command-line suitable for updating a
+destination tree using the associated batch file. It can be executed using
+a Bourne (or Bourne-like) shell, optionally passing in an alternate
+destination tree pathname which is then used instead of the original
+destination path.  This is useful when the destination tree path on the
+current host differs from the one used to create the batch file.
+
 Examples:
 
 quote(
@@ -2740,9 +2790,9 @@ bf(--links).
 If bf(--copy-links) is specified, then symlinks are "collapsed" by
 copying their referent, rather than the symlink.
 
-rsync also distinguishes "safe" and "unsafe" symbolic links.  An
-example where this might be used is a web site mirror that wishes
-ensure the rsync module they copy does not include symbolic links to
+Rsync can also distinguish "safe" and "unsafe" symbolic links.  An
+example where this might be used is a web site mirror that wishes to
+ensure that the rsync module that is copied does not include symbolic links to
 bf(/etc/passwd) in the public section of the site.  Using
 bf(--copy-unsafe-links) will cause any links to be copied as the file
 they point to on the destination.  Using bf(--safe-links) will cause
@@ -2876,7 +2926,7 @@ url(http://rsync.samba.org/)(http://rsync.samba.org/)
 
 manpagesection(VERSION)
 
-This man page is current for version 3.0.2 of rsync.
+This man page is current for version 3.0.7 of rsync.
 
 manpagesection(INTERNAL OPTIONS)
 
@@ -2909,7 +2959,7 @@ Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler.
 
 manpagesection(THANKS)
 
-Especial thanks go out to: John Van Essen, Matt McCutchen, Wesley W. Terpstra,
+Special thanks go out to: John Van Essen, Matt McCutchen, Wesley W. Terpstra,
 David Dykstra, Jos Backus, Sebastian Krahmer, Martin Pool, and our
 gone-but-not-forgotten compadre, J.W. Schultz.
 

rsyncd.conf.yo

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 mailto(rsync-bugs@samba.org)
-manpage(rsyncd.conf)(5)(8 Apr 2008)()()
+manpage(rsyncd.conf)(5)(31 Dec 2009)()()
 manpagename(rsyncd.conf)(configuration file for rsync in daemon mode)
 manpagesynopsis()
 
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ Note that you should bf(not) send the rsync daemon a HUP signal to force
 it to reread the tt(rsyncd.conf) file. The file is re-read on each client
 connection.
 
-manpagesection(GLOBAL OPTIONS)
+manpagesection(GLOBAL PARAMETERS)
 
 The first parameters in the file (before a [module] header) are the
 global parameters.
@@ -79,12 +79,12 @@ config file in which case the supplied value will override the
 default for that parameter.
 
 startdit()
-dit(bf(motd file)) The "motd file" option allows you to specify a
+dit(bf(motd file)) This parameter allows you to specify a
 "message of the day" to display to clients on each connect. This
 usually contains site information and any legal notices. The default
 is no motd file.
 
-dit(bf(pid file)) The "pid file" option tells the rsync daemon to write
+dit(bf(pid file)) This parameter tells the rsync daemon to write
 its process ID to that file.  If the file already exists, the rsync
 daemon will abort rather than overwrite the file.
 
@@ -96,23 +96,22 @@ dit(bf(address)) You can override the default IP address the daemon
 will listen on by specifying this value.  This is ignored if the daemon is
 being run by inetd, and is superseded by the bf(--address) command-line option.
 
-dit(bf(socket options)) This option can provide endless fun for people
+dit(bf(socket options)) This parameter can provide endless fun for people
 who like to tune their systems to the utmost degree. You can set all
 sorts of socket options which may make transfers faster (or
 slower!). Read the man page for the code(setsockopt()) system call for
 details on some of the options you may be able to set. By default no
-special socket options are set.  These settings are superseded by the
-bf(--sockopts) command-line option.
+special socket options are set.  These settings can also be specified
+via the bf(--sockopts) command-line option.
 
 enddit()
 
+manpagesection(MODULE PARAMETERS)
 
-manpagesection(MODULE OPTIONS)
-
-After the global options you should define a number of modules, each
+After the global parameters you should define a number of modules, each
 module exports a directory tree as a symbolic name. Modules are
 exported by specifying a module name in square brackets [module]
-followed by the options for that module.
+followed by the parameters for that module.
 The module name cannot contain a slash or a closing square bracket.  If the
 name contains whitespace, each internal sequence of whitespace will be
 changed into a single space, while leading or trailing whitespace will be
@@ -120,12 +119,12 @@ discarded.
 
 startdit()
 
-dit(bf(comment)) The "comment" option specifies a description string
+dit(bf(comment)) This parameter specifies a description string
 that is displayed next to the module name when clients obtain a list
 of available modules. The default is no comment.
 
-dit(bf(path)) The "path" option specifies the directory in the daemon's
-filesystem to make available in this module.  You must specify this option
+dit(bf(path)) This parameter specifies the directory in the daemon's
+filesystem to make available in this module.  You must specify this parameter
 for each module in tt(rsyncd.conf).
 
 dit(bf(use chroot)) If "use chroot" is true, the rsync daemon will chroot
@@ -158,7 +157,7 @@ args if rsync believes they would escape the module hierarchy.
 The default for "use chroot" is true, and is the safer choice (especially
 if the module is not read-only).
 
-When this option is enabled, rsync will not attempt to map users and groups
+When this parameter is enabled, rsync will not attempt to map users and groups
 by name (by default), but instead copy IDs as though bf(--numeric-ids) had
 been specified.  In order to enable name-mapping, rsync needs to be able to
 use the standard library functions for looking up names and IDs (i.e.
@@ -172,32 +171,32 @@ If you copy the necessary resources into the module's chroot area, you
 should protect them through your OS's normal user/group or ACL settings (to
 prevent the rsync module's user from being able to change them), and then
 hide them from the user's view via "exclude" (see how in the discussion of
-that option).  At that point it will be safe to enable the mapping of users
-and groups by name using the "numeric ids" daemon option (see below).
+that parameter).  At that point it will be safe to enable the mapping of users
+and groups by name using the "numeric ids" daemon parameter (see below).
 
 Note also that you are free to setup custom user/group information in the
 chroot area that is different from your normal system.  For example, you
 could abbreviate the list of users and groups.
 
-dit(bf(numeric ids)) Enabling the "numeric ids" option disables the mapping
+dit(bf(numeric ids)) Enabling this parameter disables the mapping
 of users and groups by name for the current daemon module.  This prevents
 the daemon from trying to load any user/group-related files or libraries.
-Enabling this option makes the transfer behave as if the client had passed
+This enabling makes the transfer behave as if the client had passed
 the bf(--numeric-ids) command-line option.  By default, this parameter is
 enabled for chroot modules and disabled for non-chroot modules.
 
-A chroot-enabled module should not have this option enabled unless you've
+A chroot-enabled module should not have this parameter enabled unless you've
 taken steps to ensure that the module has the necessary resources it needs
 to translate names, and that it is not possible for a user to change those
 resources.
 
-dit(bf(munge symlinks))  The "munge symlinks" option tells rsync to modify
+dit(bf(munge symlinks)) This parameter tells rsync to modify
 all incoming symlinks in a way that makes them unusable but recoverable
 (see below).  This should help protect your files from user trickery when
 your daemon module is writable.  The default is disabled when "use chroot"
 is on and the inside-chroot path is "/", otherwise it is enabled.
 
-If you disable this option on a daemon that is not read-only, there
+If you disable this parameter on a daemon that is not read-only, there
 are tricks that a user can play with uploaded symlinks to access
 daemon-excluded items (if your module has any), and, if "use chroot"
 is off, rsync can even be tricked into showing or changing data that
@@ -205,27 +204,28 @@ is outside the module's path (as access-permissions allow).
 
 The way rsync disables the use of symlinks is to prefix each one with
 the string "/rsyncd-munged/".  This prevents the links from being used
-as long as that directory does not exist.  When this option is enabled,
+as long as that directory does not exist.  When this parameter is enabled,
 rsync will refuse to run if that path is a directory or a symlink to
-a directory.  When using the "munge symlinks" option in a chroot area
+a directory.  When using the "munge symlinks" parameter in a chroot area
 that has an inside-chroot path of "/", you should add "/rsyncd-munged/"
 to the exclude setting for the module so that
 a user can't try to create it.
 
 Note:  rsync makes no attempt to verify that any pre-existing symlinks in
-the hierarchy are as safe as you want them to be.  If you setup an rsync
+the module's hierarchy are as safe as you want them to be (unless, of
+course, it just copied in the whole hierarchy).  If you setup an rsync
 daemon on a new area or locally add symlinks, you can manually protect your
 symlinks from being abused by prefixing "/rsyncd-munged/" to the start of
 every symlink's value.  There is a perl script in the support directory
 of the source code named "munge-symlinks" that can be used to add or remove
 this prefix from your symlinks.
 
-When this option is disabled on a writable module and "use chroot" is off
+When this parameter is disabled on a writable module and "use chroot" is off
 (or the inside-chroot path is not "/"),
 incoming symlinks will be modified to drop a leading slash and to remove ".."
 path elements that rsync believes will allow a symlink to escape the module's
 hierarchy.  There are tricky ways to work around this, though, so you had
-better trust your users if you choose this combination of options.
+better trust your users if you choose this combination of parameters.
 
 dit(bf(charset)) This specifies the name of the character set in which the
 module's filenames are stored.  If the client uses an bf(--iconv) option,
@@ -240,14 +240,14 @@ If you wish to force users to always use bf(--iconv) for a particular
 module, add "no-iconv" to the "refuse options" parameter.  Keep in mind
 that this will restrict access to your module to very new rsync clients.
 
-dit(bf(max connections)) The "max connections" option allows you to
+dit(bf(max connections)) This parameter allows you to
 specify the maximum number of simultaneous connections you will allow.
 Any clients connecting when the maximum has been reached will receive a
 message telling them to try later.  The default is 0, which means no limit.
 A negative value disables the module.
-See also the "lock file" option.
+See also the "lock file" parameter.
 
-dit(bf(log file)) When the "log file" option is set to a non-empty
+dit(bf(log file)) When the "log file" parameter is set to a non-empty
 string, the rsync daemon will log messages to the indicated file rather
 than using syslog. This is particularly useful on systems (such as AIX)
 where code(syslog()) doesn't work for chrooted programs.  The file is
@@ -256,11 +256,11 @@ the transfer.  If this value is set on a per-module basis instead of
 globally, the global log will still contain any authorization failures
 or config-file error messages.
 
-If the daemon fails to open to specified file, it will fall back to
+If the daemon fails to open the specified file, it will fall back to
 using syslog and output an error about the failure.  (Note that the
 failure to open the specified log file used to be a fatal error.)
 
-dit(bf(syslog facility)) The "syslog facility" option allows you to
+dit(bf(syslog facility)) This parameter allows you to
 specify the syslog facility name to use when logging messages from the
 rsync daemon. You may use any standard syslog facility name which is
 defined on your system. Common names are auth, authpriv, cron, daemon,
@@ -270,43 +270,43 @@ is daemon.  This setting has no effect if the "log file" setting is a
 non-empty string (either set in the per-modules settings, or inherited
 from the global settings).
 
-dit(bf(max verbosity)) The "max verbosity" option allows you to control
+dit(bf(max verbosity)) This parameter allows you to control
 the maximum amount of verbose information that you'll allow the daemon to
 generate (since the information goes into the log file). The default is 1,
 which allows the client to request one level of verbosity.
 
-dit(bf(lock file)) The "lock file" option specifies the file to use to
-support the "max connections" option. The rsync daemon uses record
+dit(bf(lock file)) This parameter specifies the file to use to
+support the "max connections" parameter. The rsync daemon uses record
 locking on this file to ensure that the max connections limit is not
 exceeded for the modules sharing the lock file.
 The default is tt(/var/run/rsyncd.lock).
 
-dit(bf(read only)) The "read only" option determines whether clients
+dit(bf(read only)) This parameter determines whether clients
 will be able to upload files or not. If "read only" is true then any
 attempted uploads will fail. If "read only" is false then uploads will
 be possible if file permissions on the daemon side allow them. The default
 is for all modules to be read only.
 
-dit(bf(write only)) The "write only" option determines whether clients
+dit(bf(write only)) This parameter determines whether clients
 will be able to download files or not. If "write only" is true then any
 attempted downloads will fail. If "write only" is false then downloads
 will be possible if file permissions on the daemon side allow them.  The
-default is for this option to be disabled.
+default is for this parameter to be disabled.
 
-dit(bf(list)) The "list" option determines if this module should be
+dit(bf(list)) This parameter determines if this module should be
 listed when the client asks for a listing of available modules. By
 setting this to false you can create hidden modules. The default is
 for modules to be listable.
 
-dit(bf(uid)) The "uid" option specifies the user name or user ID that
+dit(bf(uid)) This parameter specifies the user name or user ID that
 file transfers to and from that module should take place as when the daemon
-was run as root. In combination with the "gid" option this determines what
+was run as root. In combination with the "gid" parameter this determines what
 file permissions are available. The default is uid -2, which is normally
 the user "nobody".
 
-dit(bf(gid)) The "gid" option specifies the group name or group ID that
+dit(bf(gid)) This parameter specifies the group name or group ID that
 file transfers to and from that module should take place as when the daemon
-was run as root. This complements the "uid" option. The default is gid -2,
+was run as root. This complements the "uid" parameter. The default is gid -2,
 which is normally the group "nobody".
 
 dit(bf(fake super)) Setting "fake super = yes" for a module causes the
@@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ much protection as global rules, but they can be used to make bf(--delete) work
 better during a client download operation if the per-dir merge files are
 included in the transfer and the client requests that they be used.
 
-dit(bf(exclude)) The "exclude" parameter takes a space-separated list of daemon
+dit(bf(exclude)) This parameter takes a space-separated list of daemon
 exclude patterns.  As with the client bf(--exclude) option, patterns can be
 qualified with "- " or "+ " to explicitly indicate exclude/include.  Only one
 "exclude" parameter can apply to a given module.  See the "filter" parameter
@@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ dit(bf(include)) Use an "include" to override the effects of the "exclude"
 parameter.  Only one "include" parameter can apply to a given module.  See the
 "filter" parameter for a description of how excluded files affect the daemon.
 
-dit(bf(exclude from)) The "exclude from" parameter specifies the name of a file
+dit(bf(exclude from)) This parameter specifies the name of a file
 on the daemon that contains daemon exclude patterns, one per line.  Only one
 "exclude from" parameter can apply to a given module; if you have multiple
 exclude-from files, you can specify them as a merge file in the "filter"
@@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ patterns.  Only one "include from" parameter can apply to a given module.  See
 the "filter" parameter for a description of how excluded files affect the
 daemon.
 
-dit(bf(incoming chmod)) This option allows you to specify a set of
+dit(bf(incoming chmod)) This parameter allows you to specify a set of
 comma-separated chmod strings that will affect the permissions of all
 incoming files (files that are being received by the daemon).  These
 changes happen after all other permission calculations, and this will
@@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ client does not specify bf(--perms).
 See the description of the bf(--chmod) rsync option and the bf(chmod)(1)
 manpage for information on the format of this string.
 
-dit(bf(outgoing chmod)) This option allows you to specify a set of
+dit(bf(outgoing chmod)) This parameter allows you to specify a set of
 comma-separated chmod strings that will affect the permissions of all
 outgoing files (files that are being sent out from the daemon).  These
 changes happen first, making the sent permissions appear to be different
@@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ be on to the clients.
 See the description of the bf(--chmod) rsync option and the bf(chmod)(1)
 manpage for information on the format of this string.
 
-dit(bf(auth users)) The "auth users" option specifies a comma and
+dit(bf(auth users)) This parameter specifies a comma and
 space-separated list of usernames that will be allowed to connect to
 this module. The usernames do not need to exist on the local
 system. The usernames may also contain shell wildcard characters. If
@@ -390,36 +390,36 @@ system. The usernames may also contain shell wildcard characters. If
 username and password to connect to the module. A challenge response
 authentication protocol is used for this exchange. The plain text
 usernames and passwords are stored in the file specified by the
-"secrets file" option. The default is for all users to be able to
+"secrets file" parameter. The default is for all users to be able to
 connect without a password (this is called "anonymous rsync").
 
-See also the "CONNECTING TO AN RSYNC DAEMON OVER A REMOTE SHELL
-PROGRAM" section in bf(rsync)(1) for information on how handle an
+See also the section entitled "USING RSYNC-DAEMON FEATURES VIA A REMOTE
+SHELL CONNECTION" in bf(rsync)(1) for information on how handle an
 rsyncd.conf-level username that differs from the remote-shell-level
 username when using a remote shell to connect to an rsync daemon.
 
-dit(bf(secrets file)) The "secrets file" option specifies the name of
+dit(bf(secrets file)) This parameter specifies the name of
 a file that contains the username:password pairs used for
 authenticating this module. This file is only consulted if the "auth
-users" option is specified. The file is line based and contains
+users" parameter is specified. The file is line based and contains
 username:password pairs separated by a single colon. Any line starting
 with a hash (#) is considered a comment and is skipped. The passwords
 can contain any characters but be warned that many operating systems
 limit the length of passwords that can be typed at the client end, so
 you may find that passwords longer than 8 characters don't work.
 
-There is no default for the "secrets file" option, you must choose a name
+There is no default for the "secrets file" parameter, you must choose a name
 (such as tt(/etc/rsyncd.secrets)).  The file must normally not be readable
 by "other"; see "strict modes".
 
-dit(bf(strict modes)) The "strict modes" option determines whether or not
+dit(bf(strict modes)) This parameter determines whether or not
 the permissions on the secrets file will be checked.  If "strict modes" is
 true, then the secrets file must not be readable by any user ID other
 than the one that the rsync daemon is running under.  If "strict modes" is
-false, the check is not performed.  The default is true.  This option
+false, the check is not performed.  The default is true.  This parameter
 was added to accommodate rsync running on the Windows operating system.
 
-dit(bf(hosts allow)) The "hosts allow" option allows you to specify a
+dit(bf(hosts allow)) This parameter allows you to specify a
 list of patterns that are matched against a connecting clients
 hostname and IP address. If none of the patterns match then the
 connection is rejected.
@@ -454,28 +454,28 @@ tt(    fe80::%link1/ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff::)nl()
 )
 
 You can also combine "hosts allow" with a separate "hosts deny"
-option. If both options are specified then the "hosts allow" option is
+parameter. If both parameters are specified then the "hosts allow" parameter is
 checked first and a match results in the client being able to
-connect. The "hosts deny" option is then checked and a match means
+connect. The "hosts deny" parameter is then checked and a match means
 that the host is rejected. If the host does not match either the
 "hosts allow" or the "hosts deny" patterns then it is allowed to
 connect.
 
-The default is no "hosts allow" option, which means all hosts can connect.
+The default is no "hosts allow" parameter, which means all hosts can connect.
 
-dit(bf(hosts deny)) The "hosts deny" option allows you to specify a
+dit(bf(hosts deny)) This parameter allows you to specify a
 list of patterns that are matched against a connecting clients
 hostname and IP address. If the pattern matches then the connection is
-rejected. See the "hosts allow" option for more information.
+rejected. See the "hosts allow" parameter for more information.
 
-The default is no "hosts deny" option, which means all hosts can connect.
+The default is no "hosts deny" parameter, which means all hosts can connect.
 
-dit(bf(ignore errors)) The "ignore errors" option tells rsyncd to
+dit(bf(ignore errors)) This parameter tells rsyncd to
 ignore I/O errors on the daemon when deciding whether to run the delete
 phase of the transfer. Normally rsync skips the bf(--delete) step if any
 I/O errors have occurred in order to prevent disastrous deletion due
 to a temporary resource shortage or other I/O error. In some cases this
-test is counter productive so you can use this option to turn off this
+test is counter productive so you can use this parameter to turn off this
 behavior.
 
 dit(bf(ignore nonreadable)) This tells the rsync daemon to completely
@@ -483,14 +483,14 @@ ignore files that are not readable by the user. This is useful for
 public archives that may have some non-readable files among the
 directories, and the sysadmin doesn't want those files to be seen at all.
 
-dit(bf(transfer logging)) The "transfer logging" option enables per-file
+dit(bf(transfer logging)) This parameter enables per-file
 logging of downloads and uploads in a format somewhat similar to that
 used by ftp daemons.  The daemon always logs the transfer at the end, so
 if a transfer is aborted, no mention will be made in the log file.
 
-If you want to customize the log lines, see the "log format" option.
+If you want to customize the log lines, see the "log format" parameter.
 
-dit(bf(log format)) The "log format" option allows you to specify the
+dit(bf(log format)) This parameter allows you to specify the
 format used for logging file transfers when transfer logging is enabled.
 The format is a text string containing embedded single-character escape
 sequences prefixed with a percent (%) character.  An optional numeric
@@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ field width may also be specified between the percent and the escape
 letter (e.g. "bf(%-50n %8l %07p)").
 
 The default log format is "%o %h [%a] %m (%u) %f %l", and a "%t [%p] "
-is always prefixed when using the "log file" option.
+is always prefixed when using the "log file" parameter.
 (A perl script that will summarize this default log format is included
 in the rsync source code distribution in the "support" subdirectory:
 rsyncstats.)
@@ -509,7 +509,7 @@ quote(itemization(
   it() %a the remote IP address
   it() %b the number of bytes actually transferred
   it() %B the permission bits of the file (e.g. rwxrwxrwt)
-  it() %c the checksum bytes received for this file (only when sending)
+  it() %c the total size of the block checksums received for the basis file (only when sending)
   it() %f the filename (long form on sender; no trailing "/")
   it() %G the gid of the file (decimal) or "DEFAULT"
   it() %h the remote host name
@@ -534,14 +534,14 @@ Note that some of the logged output changes when talking with older
 rsync versions.  For instance, deleted files were only output as verbose
 messages prior to rsync 2.6.4.
 
-dit(bf(timeout)) The "timeout" option allows you to override the
-clients choice for I/O timeout for this module. Using this option you
+dit(bf(timeout)) This parameter allows you to override the
+clients choice for I/O timeout for this module. Using this parameter you
 can ensure that rsync won't wait on a dead client forever. The timeout
 is specified in seconds. A value of zero means no timeout and is the
 default. A good choice for anonymous rsync daemons may be 600 (giving
 a 10 minute timeout).
 
-dit(bf(refuse options)) The "refuse options" option allows you to
+dit(bf(refuse options)) This parameter allows you to
 specify a space-separated list of rsync command line options that will
 be refused by your rsync daemon.
 You may specify the full option name, its one-letter abbreviation, or a
@@ -564,21 +564,21 @@ you can use "dont compress = *" (see below)
 instead of "refuse options = compress" to avoid returning an error to a
 client that requests compression.
 
-dit(bf(dont compress)) The "dont compress" option allows you to select
+dit(bf(dont compress)) This parameter allows you to select
 filenames based on wildcard patterns that should not be compressed
-when pulling files from the daemon (no analogous option exists to
+when pulling files from the daemon (no analogous parameter exists to
 govern the pushing of files to a daemon).
 Compression is expensive in terms of CPU usage, so it
 is usually good to not try to compress files that won't compress well,
 such as already compressed files.
 
-The "dont compress" option takes a space-separated list of
+The "dont compress" parameter takes a space-separated list of
 case-insensitive wildcard patterns. Any source filename matching one
 of the patterns will not be compressed during transfer.
 
-See the bf(--skip-compress) option in the bf(rsync)(1) manpage for the list
+See the bf(--skip-compress) parameter in the bf(rsync)(1) manpage for the list
 of file suffixes that are not compressed by default.  Specifying a value
-for the "dont compress" option changes the default when the daemon is
+for the "dont compress" parameter changes the default when the daemon is
 the sender.
 
 dit(bf(pre-xfer exec), bf(post-xfer exec)) You may specify a command to be run
@@ -700,7 +700,7 @@ url(http://rsync.samba.org/)(http://rsync.samba.org/)
 
 manpagesection(VERSION)
 
-This man page is current for version 3.0.2 of rsync.
+This man page is current for version 3.0.7 of rsync.
 
 manpagesection(CREDITS)
 

runtests.sh

@@ -154,12 +154,21 @@ fi
 RSYNC="$rsync_bin $*"
 #RSYNC="valgrind $rsync_bin $*"
 
-export POSIXLY_CORRECT TOOLDIR srcdir RSYNC
+TLS_ARGS=''
+if egrep '^#define HAVE_LUTIMES 1' config.h >/dev/null; then
+    TLS_ARGS="$TLS_ARGS -l"
+fi
+if egrep '#undef CHOWN_MODIFIES_SYMLINK' config.h >/dev/null; then
+    TLS_ARGS="$TLS_ARGS -L"
+fi
+
+export POSIXLY_CORRECT TOOLDIR srcdir RSYNC TLS_ARGS
 
 echo "============================================================"
 echo "$0 running in $TOOLDIR"
 echo "    rsync_bin=$RSYNC"
 echo "    srcdir=$srcdir"
+echo "    TLS_ARGS=$TLS_ARGS"
 
 if [ -f /usr/bin/whoami ]; then
     testuser=`/usr/bin/whoami`
@@ -229,7 +238,10 @@ prep_scratch() {
     # Get rid of default ACLs and dir-setgid to avoid confusing some tests.
     $setfacl_nodef "$scratchdir" || true
     chmod g-s "$scratchdir"
-    ln -s "$srcdir" "$scratchdir/src"
+    case "$srcdir" in
+    /*) ln -s "$srcdir" "$scratchdir/src" ;;
+    *)  ln -s "$TOOLDIR/$srcdir" "$scratchdir/src" ;;
+    esac
     return 0
 }
 

sender.c

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (C) 1996 Andrew Tridgell
  * Copyright (C) 1996 Paul Mackerras
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2008 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2009 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -22,7 +22,6 @@
 #include "rsync.h"
 
 extern int verbose;
-extern int dry_run;
 extern int do_xfers;
 extern int am_server;
 extern int am_daemon;
@@ -127,13 +126,7 @@ void successful_send(int ndx)
 	if (!remove_source_files)
 		return;
 
-	if (!(flist = flist_for_ndx(ndx))) {
-		rprintf(FERROR,
-			"INTERNAL ERROR: unable to find flist for item %d\n",
-			ndx);
-		return;
-	}
-
+	flist = flist_for_ndx(ndx, "successful_send");
 	file = flist->files[ndx - flist->ndx_start];
 	if (!change_pathname(file, NULL, 0))
 		return;
@@ -159,7 +152,7 @@ static void write_ndx_and_attrs(int f_out, int ndx, int iflags,
 	if (iflags & ITEM_XNAME_FOLLOWS)
 		write_vstring(f_out, buf, len);
 #ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
-	if (preserve_xattrs && iflags & ITEM_REPORT_XATTR && !dry_run)
+	if (preserve_xattrs && iflags & ITEM_REPORT_XATTR && do_xfers)
 		send_xattr_request(fname, file, f_out);
 #endif
 }
@@ -180,6 +173,7 @@ void send_files(int f_in, int f_out)
 	int itemizing = am_server ? logfile_format_has_i : stdout_format_has_i;
 	enum logcode log_code = log_before_transfer ? FLOG : FINFO;
 	int f_xfer = write_batch < 0 ? batch_fd : f_out;
+	int save_io_error = io_error;
 	int ndx, j;
 
 	if (verbose > 2)
@@ -229,7 +223,7 @@ void send_files(int f_in, int f_out)
 			rprintf(FINFO, "send_files(%d, %s%s%s)\n", ndx, path,slash,fname);
 
 #ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
-		if (preserve_xattrs && iflags & ITEM_REPORT_XATTR && !dry_run)
+		if (preserve_xattrs && iflags & ITEM_REPORT_XATTR && do_xfers)
 			recv_xattr_request(file, f_in);
 #endif
 
@@ -281,7 +275,7 @@ void send_files(int f_in, int f_out)
 
 		if (!(s = receive_sums(f_in))) {
 			io_error |= IOERR_GENERAL;
-			rprintf(FERROR, "receive_sums failed\n");
+			rprintf(FERROR_XFER, "receive_sums failed\n");
 			exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
 		}
 
@@ -309,7 +303,7 @@ void send_files(int f_in, int f_out)
 		/* map the local file */
 		if (do_fstat(fd, &st) != 0) {
 			io_error |= IOERR_GENERAL;
-			rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "fstat failed");
+			rsyserr(FERROR_XFER, errno, "fstat failed");
 			free_sums(s);
 			close(fd);
 			exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
@@ -368,6 +362,9 @@ void send_files(int f_in, int f_out)
 	if (make_backups < 0)
 		make_backups = -make_backups;
 
+	if (io_error != save_io_error && protocol_version >= 30)
+		send_msg_int(MSG_IO_ERROR, io_error);
+
 	if (verbose > 2)
 		rprintf(FINFO, "send files finished\n");
 

socket.c

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (C) 1992-2001 Andrew Tridgell <tridge@samba.org>
  * Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2008 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2009 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -31,6 +31,7 @@
 #include <netinet/tcp.h>
 
 extern char *bind_address;
+extern char *sockopts;
 extern int default_af_hint;
 extern int connect_timeout;
 
@@ -272,6 +273,7 @@ int open_socket_out(char *host, int port, const char *bind_addr,
 			alarm(connect_timeout);
 		}
 
+		set_socket_options(s, sockopts);
 		while (connect(s, res->ai_addr, res->ai_addrlen) < 0) {
 			if (connect_timeout < 0)
 				exit_cleanup(RERR_CONTIMEOUT);
@@ -433,6 +435,10 @@ static int *open_socket_in(int type, int port, const char *bind_addr,
 
 		setsockopt(s, SOL_SOCKET, SO_REUSEADDR,
 			   (char *)&one, sizeof one);
+		if (sockopts)
+			set_socket_options(s, sockopts);
+		else
+			set_socket_options(s, lp_socket_options());
 
 #ifdef IPV6_V6ONLY
 		if (resp->ai_family == AF_INET6) {
@@ -572,7 +578,7 @@ void start_accept_loop(int port, int (*fn)(int, int))
 		fds = deffds;
 #endif
 
-		if (select(maxfd + 1, &fds, NULL, NULL, NULL) != 1)
+		if (select(maxfd + 1, &fds, NULL, NULL, NULL) < 1)
 			continue;
 
 		for (i = 0, fd = -1; sp[i] >= 0; i++) {
@@ -817,6 +823,7 @@ static int socketpair_tcp(int fd[2])
  **/
 int sock_exec(const char *prog)
 {
+	pid_t pid;
 	int fd[2];
 
 	if (socketpair_tcp(fd) != 0) {
@@ -825,14 +832,23 @@ int sock_exec(const char *prog)
 	}
 	if (verbose >= 2)
 		rprintf(FINFO, "Running socket program: \"%s\"\n", prog);
-	if (fork() == 0) {
+
+	pid = fork();
+	if (pid < 0) {
+		rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "fork");
+		exit_cleanup(RERR_IPC);
+	}
+
+	if (pid == 0) {
 		close(fd[0]);
-		close(0);
-		close(1);
-		dup(fd[1]);
-		dup(fd[1]);
+		if (dup2(fd[1], STDIN_FILENO) < 0
+		 || dup2(fd[1], STDOUT_FILENO) < 0) {
+			fprintf(stderr, "Failed to run \"%s\"\n", prog);
+			exit(1);
+		}
 		exit(system(prog));
 	}
+
 	close(fd[1]);
 	return fd[0];
 }

support/atomic-rsync

@@ -6,35 +6,49 @@
 # more details and some important caveats!**
 
 use strict;
+use warnings;
 use Cwd 'abs_path';
 
 my $RSYNC_PROG = '/usr/bin/rsync';
 my $RM_PROG = '/bin/rm';
 
 my $dest_dir = $ARGV[-1];
-usage(1) if $dest_dir eq '' || $dest_dir =~ /^--/;
+&usage if !defined $dest_dir || $dest_dir =~ /(^-|^$)/ || grep(/^--help/, @ARGV);
+$dest_dir =~ s{(?<=.)/+$} {};
 
 if (!-d $dest_dir) {
-    print STDERR "$dest_dir is not a directory.\n\n";
-    usage(1);
+    die "$dest_dir is not a directory.\nUse --help for help.\n";
 }
 
-if (@_ = grep(/^--(link|compare)-dest/, @ARGV)) {
+if (@_ = grep(/^--[a-z]+-dest\b/, @ARGV)) {
     $_ = join(' or ', @_);
-    print STDERR "You may not use $_ as an rsync option.\n\n";
-    usage(1);
+    die "You cannot use the $_ option with atomic-rsync.\nUse --help for help.\n";
 }
 
+my $symlink_content = readlink $dest_dir; # undef when a real dir
+
+my $dest_arg = $dest_dir;
+# This gives us the real destination dir, with all symlinks dereferenced.
 $dest_dir = abs_path($dest_dir);
 if ($dest_dir eq '/') {
-    print STDERR 'You must not use "/" as the destination directory.', "\n\n";
-    usage(1);
+    die qq|You must not use "/" as the destination directory.\nUse --help for help.\n|;
 }
 
-my $old_dir = "$dest_dir~old~";
-my $new_dir = $ARGV[-1] = "$dest_dir~new~";
+my($old_dir, $new_dir);
+if (defined $symlink_content && $dest_dir =~ /-([12])$/) {
+    my $num = 3 - $1;
+    $old_dir = undef;
+    ($new_dir = $dest_dir) =~ s/-[12]$/-$num/;
+    $symlink_content =~ s/-[12]$/-$num/;
+} else {
+    $old_dir = "$dest_dir~old~";
+    $new_dir = "$dest_dir~new~";
+}
 
-system($RM_PROG, '-rf', $old_dir) if -d $old_dir;
+$ARGV[-1] = "$new_dir/";
+
+system($RM_PROG, '-rf', $old_dir) if defined $old_dir && -d $old_dir;
+system($RM_PROG, '-rf', $new_dir) if -d $new_dir;
 
 if (system($RSYNC_PROG, "--link-dest=$dest_dir", @ARGV)) {
     if ($? == -1) {
@@ -48,17 +62,30 @@ if (system($RSYNC_PROG, "--link-dest=$dest_dir", @ARGV)) {
     exit $?;
 }
 
-rename($dest_dir, $old_dir) or die "Unable to rename $new_dir to $old_dir: $!";
+if (!defined $old_dir) {
+    atomic_symlink($symlink_content, $dest_arg);
+    exit;
+}
+
+rename($dest_dir, $old_dir) or die "Unable to rename $dest_dir to $old_dir: $!";
 rename($new_dir, $dest_dir) or die "Unable to rename $new_dir to $dest_dir: $!";
 
 exit;
 
+sub atomic_symlink
+{
+    my($target, $link) = @_;
+    my $newlink = "$link~new~";
+
+    unlink($newlink); # Just in case
+    symlink($target, $newlink) or die "Unable to symlink $newlink -> $target: $!\n";
+    rename($newlink, $link) or die "Unable to rename $newlink to $link: $!\n";
+}
+
 
 sub usage
 {
-    my($ret) = @_;
-    my $fh = $ret ? *STDERR : *STDOUT;
-    print $fh <<EOT;
+    die <<EOT;
 Usage: atomic-rsync [RSYNC-OPTIONS] HOST:/SOURCE/DIR/ /DEST/DIR/
        atomic-rsync [RSYNC-OPTIONS] HOST::MOD/DIR/ /DEST/DIR/
 
@@ -67,24 +94,29 @@ creating a new hierarchy (using hard-links to leverage the existing files),
 and then swapping the new hierarchy into place.  You must be pulling files
 to a local directory, and that directory must already exist.  For example:
 
+    mkdir /local/files-1
+    ln -s files-1 /local/files
     atomic-rsync -av host:/remote/files/ /local/files/
 
-This would make the transfer to the directory /local/files~new~ and then
-swap out /local/files at the end of the transfer by renaming it to
-/local/files~old~ and putting the new directory into its place.  The
-/local/files~old~ directory will be preserved until the next update, at
-which point it will be deleted.
+If /local/files is a symlink to a directory that ends in -1 or -2, the
+copy will go to the alternate suffix and the symlink will be changed to
+point to the new dir.  This is a fully atomic update.  If the destination
+is not a symlink (or not a symlink to a *-1 or a *-2 directory), this
+will instead create a directory with "~new~" suffixed, move the current
+directory to a name with "~old~" suffixed, and then move the ~new~
+directory to the original destination name (this double rename is not
+fully atomic, but is rapid).  In both cases, the prior destintaion
+directory will be preserved until the next update, at which point it
+will be deleted.
 
-Do NOT specify this command:
+In all likelihood, you do NOT want to specify this command:
 
     atomic-rsync -av host:/remote/files /local/
 
 ... UNLESS you want the entire /local dir to be swapped out!
 
 See the "rsync" command for its list of options.  You may not use the
---link-dest or --compare-dest options (since this script uses --link-dest
-to make the transfer efficient).  Also, the destination directory cannot
-be "/".
+--link-dest, --compare-dest, or --copy-dest options (since this script
+uses --link-dest to make the transfer efficient).
 EOT
-    exit $ret;
 }

support/deny-rsync

@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# Send an error message via the rsync-protocol to a non-daemon client rsync.
+#
+# Usage:  deny-rsync "message"
+
+protocol_version=29
+exit_code=4 # same as a daemon that refuses an option
+
+# e.g. byte_escape 29 => \035
+function byte_escape {
+    echo -ne "\\0$(printf "%o" $1)"
+}
+
+msg="$1"
+if [ "${#msg}" -gt 254 ]; then
+    # truncate a message that is too long for this naive script to handle
+    msg="${msg:0:251}..."
+fi
+msglen=$(( ${#msg} + 1 )) # add 1 for the newline we append below
+
+# Send protocol version.  All numbers are LSB-first 4-byte ints.
+echo -ne "$(byte_escape $protocol_version)\\000\\000\\000"
+
+# Send a zero checksum seed.
+echo -ne "\\000\\000\\000\\000"
+
+# The following is equivalent to rprintf(FERROR_XFER, "%s\n", $msg).
+# 1. Message header: ((MPLEX_BASE + FERROR_XFER) << 24) + $msglen.
+echo -ne "$(byte_escape $msglen)\\000\\000\\010"
+# 2. The actual data.
+echo -E "$msg"
+
+# Make sure the client gets our message, not a write failure.
+sleep 1
+
+exit $exit_code

support/lsh

@@ -6,18 +6,30 @@
 # we get a -l USER option, we try to use "sudo -u USER" to run the
 # command.
 
+user=''
 prefix=''
-
-cd # Default path is home dir, just like ssh.
+do_cd=y # Default path is user's home dir, just like ssh.
 
 while : ; do
     case "$1" in
-    -l) shift ; prefix="sudo -u $1"; shift ;;
-    -l*) prefix=`echo $1 | sed 's/-l/sudo -u /'`; shift ;;
+    -l) user="$2"; shift; shift ;;
+    -l*) user=`echo $1 | sed 's/^-l//'`; shift ;;
+    --no-cd) do_cd=n; shift ;;
     -*) shift ;;
     localhost) shift; break ;;
-    *) exit 1 ;;
+    *) echo "lsh: unable to connect to host $1" 1>&2; exit 1 ;;
     esac
 done
 
+if [ "$user" ]; then
+    prefix="sudo -H -u $user"
+    if [ $do_cd = y ]; then
+	home=`perl -e "print((getpwnam("$user"))[7])"`
+	# Yeah, this may fail, but attempts to get sudo to cd are harder.
+	cd $home
+    fi
+elif [ $do_cd = y ]; then
+    cd
+fi
+
 eval $prefix "${@}"

support/rrsync

@@ -143,7 +143,8 @@ while ($command =~ /((?:[^\s\\]+|\\.[^\s\\]*)+)/g) {
     if ($_ eq '.') {
       $in_options = 0;
     } else {
-      next if /^-$short_no_arg+(e\d*\.\w*)?$/o || /^-$short_with_num\d+$/o;
+      die "$0: invalid option: '-'\n" if $_ eq '-';
+      next if /^-$short_no_arg*(e\d*\.\w*)?$/o || /^-$short_with_num\d+$/o;
 
       my($opt,$arg) = /^--([^=]+)(?:=(.*))?$/;
       my $disabled;

syscall.c

@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (C) 1998 Andrew Tridgell
  * Copyright (C) 2002 Martin Pool
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2008 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2009 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by

t_stub.c

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
  * functions, so that module test harnesses can run standalone.
  *
  * Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2008 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2009 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -26,6 +26,7 @@ int module_id = -1;
 int relative_paths = 0;
 int human_readable = 0;
 int module_dirlen = 0;
+int preserve_xattrs = 0;
 mode_t orig_umask = 002;
 char *partial_dir;
 char *module_dir;
@@ -69,6 +70,11 @@ struct filter_list_struct daemon_filter_list;
 	return -1;
 }
 
+ int copy_xattrs(UNUSED(const char *source), UNUSED(const char *dest))
+{
+	return -1;
+}
+
  char *lp_name(UNUSED(int mod))
 {
 	return NULL;

t_unsafe.c

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
  * Test harness for unsafe_symlink().  Not linked into rsync itself.
  *
  * Copyright (C) 2002 Martin Pool
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2008 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2009 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by

testsuite/backup.test

@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ for fn in deep/name1 deep/name2; do
 done
 
 echo deleted-file >"$todir/dname"
-cp -p "$todir/dname" "$chkdir"
+cp_touch "$todir/dname" "$chkdir"
 
 checkit "$RSYNC -avv --no-whole-file --delete-delay \
     --backup --backup-dir='$bakdir' '$fromdir/' '$todir/'" "$fromdir" "$todir" \

testsuite/batch-mode.test

@@ -41,6 +41,8 @@ runtest "--read-batch from daemon" 'checkit "$RSYNC -av --read-batch=BATCH \"$to
 rm -rf "$todir"
 runtest "BATCH.sh use of --read-batch" 'checkit "./BATCH.sh" "$chkdir" "$todir"'
 
+runtest "do-nothing re-run of batch" 'checkit "./BATCH.sh" "$chkdir" "$todir"'
+
 rm -rf "$todir"
 mkdir "$todir" || test_fail "failed to restore empty destination directory"
 runtest "daemon recv --write-batch" 'checkit "\"$ignore23\" $RSYNC -av --write-batch=BATCH \"$fromdir/\" rsync://localhost/test-to" "$chkdir" "$todir"'

testsuite/chmod-temp-dir.test

@@ -13,12 +13,19 @@
 
 hands_setup
 
-tmpdir2=/tmp
+tmpdir2=$RSYNC_TEST_TMP
+if [ x"$tmpdir2" = x ]; then
+    tmpdir2=/tmp
+fi
 sdev=`$TOOLDIR/getfsdev $scratchdir`
 tdev=`$TOOLDIR/getfsdev $tmpdir2`
 if [ x$sdev = x$tdev ]; then
     tmpdir2=/var/tmp
-    tdev=`$TOOLDIR/getfsdev $tmpdir2`
+    if [ -d $tmpdir2 ]; then
+	tdev=`$TOOLDIR/getfsdev $tmpdir2`
+    else
+	tdev="$sdev"
+    fi
     [ x$sdev = x$tdev ] && test_skipped "Can't find a tmp dir on a different file system"
 fi
 

testsuite/chown.test

@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ case $0 in
 *fake*)
     $RSYNC --version | grep ", xattrs" >/dev/null || test_skipped "Rsync needs xattrs for fake device tests"
     RSYNC="$RSYNC --fake-super"
-    TLS_ARGS=--fake-super
+    TLS_ARGS="$TLS_ARGS --fake-super"
     case "`xattr 2>&1`" in
     *--list:*)
 	chown() {
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ case $0 in
     ;;
 *)
     RSYNC="$RSYNC --super"
-    case `id -u` in
+    case `get_testuid` in
     '') ;; # If "id" failed, try to continue...
     0)  ;;
     *)  if [ -f /usr/bin/fakeroot ]; then

testsuite/daemon.test

@@ -19,35 +19,72 @@
 # checking the log file
 # password authentication
 
-# TODO: Put the common framework in a common file, so that we can have
-# subtests fail and keep going.
-
 . "$suitedir/rsync.fns"
 
-SSH="$scratchdir/pretend-ssh"
+chkfile="$scratchdir/rsync.chk"
+outfile="$scratchdir/rsync.out"
 
-cat >"$SSH" <<'EOT'
-while : ; do
-    case "$1" in
-    -*) shift ;;
-    localhost) shift; break ;;
-    *) exit 1 ;;
-    esac
-done
-
-eval "${@}"
-EOT
-chmod +x "$SSH"
+SSH="src/support/lsh --no-cd"
+FILE_REPL='s/^\([^d][^ ]*\) *\(..........[0-9]\) /\1 \2 /'
+DIR_REPL='s/^\(d[^ ]*\)  *[0-9][0-9]* /\1         DIR /'
+LS_REPL='s;[0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]/[0-9][0-9]/[0-9][0-9] [0-9][0-9]:[0-9][0-9]:[0-9][0-9];####/##/## ##:##:##;'
 
 build_rsyncd_conf
 
+makepath "$fromdir/foo" "$fromdir/bar/baz"
+makepath "$todir"
+echo one >"$fromdir/foo/one"
+echo two >"$fromdir/bar/two"
+echo three >"$fromdir/bar/baz/three"
+
 cd "$scratchdir"
 
 ln -s test-rsyncd.conf rsyncd.conf
 
-$RSYNC -ve $SSH --rsync-path="$RSYNC" localhost::
+confopt=''
+case `get_testuid` in
+0)
+    # Root needs to specify the config file, or it uses /etc/rsyncd.conf.
+    echo "Forcing --config=$conf"
+    confopt=" --config=$conf"
+    ;;
+esac
+
+$RSYNC -ve "$SSH" --rsync-path="$RSYNC$confopt" localhost::
 
 RSYNC_CONNECT_PROG="$RSYNC --config=$conf --daemon"
 export RSYNC_CONNECT_PROG
 
-$RSYNC -v localhost::
+$RSYNC -v localhost:: \
+    | tee "$outfile"
+# These have a space-padded 15-char name, then a tab, then a comment.
+sed 's/NOCOMMENT//' <<EOT >"$chkfile"
+test-from      	r/o
+test-to        	r/w
+test-scratch   	NOCOMMENT
+EOT
+diff $diffopt "$chkfile" "$outfile" || test_fail "test 1 failed"
+
+$RSYNC -r localhost::test-hidden \
+    | sed "$FILE_REPL" | sed "$DIR_REPL" | sed "$LS_REPL" \
+    | tee "$outfile"
+cat <<EOT >"$chkfile"
+drwxr-xr-x         DIR ####/##/## ##:##:## .
+drwxr-xr-x         DIR ####/##/## ##:##:## bar
+-rw-r--r--           4 ####/##/## ##:##:## bar/two
+drwxr-xr-x         DIR ####/##/## ##:##:## bar/baz
+-rw-r--r--           6 ####/##/## ##:##:## bar/baz/three
+drwxr-xr-x         DIR ####/##/## ##:##:## foo
+-rw-r--r--           4 ####/##/## ##:##:## foo/one
+EOT
+diff $diffopt "$chkfile" "$outfile" || test_fail "test 2 failed"
+
+$RSYNC -r localhost::test-from/f* \
+    | sed "$FILE_REPL" | sed "$DIR_REPL" | sed "$LS_REPL" \
+    | tee "$outfile"
+cat <<EOT >"$chkfile"
+drwxr-xr-x         DIR ####/##/## ##:##:## foo
+-rw-r--r--           4 ####/##/## ##:##:## foo/one
+EOT
+diff $diffopt "$chkfile" "$outfile" || test_fail "test 3 failed"
+

testsuite/devices.test

@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ case $0 in
 *fake*)
     $RSYNC --version | grep ", xattrs" >/dev/null || test_skipped "Rsync needs xattrs for fake device tests"
     RSYNC="$RSYNC --fake-super"
-    TLS_ARGS=--fake-super
+    TLS_ARGS="$TLS_ARGS --fake-super"
     case "`xattr 2>&1`" in
     *--list:*)
 	mknod() {
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ case $0 in
     esac
     ;;
 *)
-    case `id -u` in
+    case `get_testuid` in
     '') ;; # If "id" failed, try to continue...
     0)  ;;
     *)  if [ -f /usr/bin/fakeroot ]; then
@@ -76,7 +76,8 @@ mknod "$fromdir/block2" b 42 73 || test_skipped "Can't create block device node"
 mknod "$fromdir/block3" b 105 73 || test_skipped "Can't create block device node"
 ln "$fromdir/block3" "$fromdir/block2.5" || echo "Skipping hard-linked device test..."
 mkfifo "$fromdir/fifo" || mknod "$fromdir/fifo" p || test_skipped "Can't run mkfifo"
-touch -r "$fromdir/block" "$fromdir/block2"
+# Work around time rounding/truncating issue by touching both files.
+touch -r "$fromdir/block" "$fromdir/block" "$fromdir/block2"
 
 $RSYNC -ai "$fromdir/block" "$todir/block2" \
     | tee "$outfile"

testsuite/exclude.test

@@ -153,13 +153,13 @@ checkit "$RSYNC -avvC --filter='merge $excl' --delete-excluded \
 
 rm "$chkdir"/foo/file1
 rm "$chkdir"/bar/down/to/bar/baz/*.deep
-cp -p "$fromdir"/bar/down/to/foo/*.junk "$chkdir"/bar/down/to/foo
-cp -p "$fromdir"/bar/down/to/foo/to "$chkdir"/bar/down/to/foo
+cp_touch "$fromdir"/bar/down/to/foo/*.junk "$chkdir"/bar/down/to/foo
+cp_touch "$fromdir"/bar/down/to/foo/to "$chkdir"/bar/down/to/foo
 
 $RSYNC -av --existing -f 'show .filt*' -f 'hide,! */' --del "$fromdir/" "$todir/"
 
 echo retained >"$todir"/bar/down/to/bar/baz/nodel.deep
-cp -p "$todir"/bar/down/to/bar/baz/nodel.deep "$chkdir"/bar/down/to/bar/baz
+cp_touch "$todir"/bar/down/to/bar/baz/nodel.deep "$chkdir"/bar/down/to/bar/baz
 
 $RSYNC -av --existing --filter='-! */' "$fromdir/" "$chkdir/"
 

testsuite/files-from.test

@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+
+# Copyright (C) 2008 by Wayne Davison <wayned@samba.org>
+
+# This program is distributable under the terms of the GNU GPL (see
+# COPYING).
+
+# Test that --files-from=FILE works right.
+
+. "$suitedir/rsync.fns"
+
+hands_setup
+
+# This list of files skips the contents of "subsubdir" but includes
+# the contents of "subsubdir2" due to its trailing slash.
+cat >"$scratchdir/filelist" <<EOT
+from/./
+from/./dir/subdir
+from/./dir/subdir/subsubdir
+from/./dir/subdir/subsubdir2/
+from/./dir/subdir/foobar.baz
+EOT
+
+# Create a chkdir without the content that we expect to be omitted.
+$RSYNC -a --exclude=dir/text --exclude='subsubdir/**' "$fromdir/" "$chkdir/"
+
+checkit "$RSYNC -av --files-from='$scratchdir/filelist' '$scratchdir' '$todir/'" "$chkdir" "$todir"
+
+# The script would have aborted on error, so getting here means we've won.
+exit 0

testsuite/fuzzy.test

@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ mkdir "$fromdir"
 mkdir "$todir"
 
 cp -p "$srcdir"/rsync.c "$fromdir"/rsync.c
-cp -p "$fromdir"/rsync.c "$todir"/rsync2.c
+cp_touch "$fromdir"/rsync.c "$todir"/rsync2.c
 sleep 1
 
 # Let's do it!

testsuite/hardlinks.test

@@ -11,6 +11,8 @@
 
 . "$suitedir/rsync.fns"
 
+SSH="$scratchdir/src/support/lsh"
+
 outfile="$scratchdir/rsync.out"
 
 # Build some hardlinks
@@ -44,8 +46,8 @@ checkit "$RSYNC -aHivv --no-whole-file '$fromdir/' '$todir/'" "$fromdir" "$todir
 makepath "$fromdir/subdir/down/deep"
 
 files=''
-for x in 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z; do
-    for y in 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z; do
+for x in a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9; do
+    for y in a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9; do
 	files="$files $x$y"
     done
 done
@@ -54,7 +56,7 @@ done
 ln "$name1" "$fromdir/subdir/down/deep/new-file"
 rm "$todir/text"
 
-checkit "$RSYNC -aHivv '$fromdir/' '$todir/'" "$fromdir" "$todir"
+checkit "$RSYNC -aHivve '$SSH' --rsync-path='$RSYNC' '$fromdir/' localhost:'$todir/'" "$fromdir" "$todir"
 
 # Do some duplicate copies using --link-dest and --copy-dest to test that
 # we hard-link all locally-inherited items.

testsuite/itemize.test

@@ -28,8 +28,7 @@ ln "$fromdir/foo/config1" "$fromdir/foo/extra"
 rm -f "$to2dir"
 
 # Check if rsync is set to hard-link symlinks.
-confile=`echo "$scratchdir" | sed 's;/testtmp/itemize$;/config.h;'`
-if egrep '^#define CAN_HARDLINK_SYMLINK 1' "$confile" >/dev/null; then
+if egrep '^#define CAN_HARDLINK_SYMLINK 1' config.h >/dev/null; then
     L=hL
 else
     L=cL

testsuite/merge.test

@@ -19,15 +19,15 @@ mkdir from2/sub1 from3/sub1
 mkdir from3/sub2 from1/dir-and-not-dir
 mkdir chk chk/sub1 chk/sub2 chk/dir-and-not-dir
 echo "one" >from1/one
-cp -p from1/one from2/one
-cp -p from1/one from3/one
+cp_touch from1/one from2/one
+cp_touch from1/one from3/one
 echo "two" >from1/two
 echo "three" >from2/three
 echo "four" >from3/four
 echo "five" >from1/five
 echo "six" >from3/six
 echo "sub1" >from2/sub1/uno
-cp -p from2/sub1/uno from3/sub1/uno
+cp_touch from2/sub1/uno from3/sub1/uno
 echo "sub2" >from3/sub1/dos
 echo "sub3" >from2/sub1/tres
 echo "subby" >from3/sub2/subby
@@ -36,11 +36,11 @@ echo "not-dir" >from3/dir-and-not-dir
 echo "arg-test" >deep/arg-test
 echo "shallow" >shallow
 
-cp -p from1/one from1/two from2/three from3/four from1/five from3/six chk
-cp -p deep/arg-test shallow chk
-cp -p from1/dir-and-not-dir/inside chk/dir-and-not-dir
-cp -p from2/sub1/uno from3/sub1/dos from2/sub1/tres chk/sub1
-cp -p from3/sub2/subby chk/sub2
+cp_touch from1/one from1/two from2/three from3/four from1/five from3/six chk
+cp_touch deep/arg-test shallow chk
+cp_touch from1/dir-and-not-dir/inside chk/dir-and-not-dir
+cp_touch from2/sub1/uno from3/sub1/dos from2/sub1/tres chk/sub1
+cp_touch from3/sub2/subby chk/sub2
 
 # Make sure that time has moved on.
 sleep 1

testsuite/rsync.fns

@@ -52,6 +52,29 @@ runtest() {
     fi
 }
 
+set_cp_destdir() {
+    while test $# -gt 1; do
+	shift
+    done
+    destdir="$1"
+}
+
+# Perform a "cp -p", making sure that timestamps are really the same,
+# even if the copy rounded microsecond times on the destination file.
+cp_touch() {
+    cp -p "${@}" || test_fail "cp -p failed"
+    if test $# -gt 2 -o -d "$2"; then
+	set_cp_destdir "${@}" # sets destdir var
+	while test $# -gt 1; do
+	    destname="$destdir/`basename $1`"
+	    touch -r "$destname" "$1" "$destname"
+	    shift
+	done
+    else
+	touch -r "$2" "$1" "$2"
+    fi
+}
+
 # Call this if you want to filter out verbose messages (-v or -vv) from
 # the output of an rsync run (whittling the output down to just the file
 # messages).  This isn't needed if you use -i without -v.
@@ -77,6 +100,10 @@ rsync_ls_lR() {
     find "$@" -print | sort | sed 's/ /\\ /g' | xargs "$TOOLDIR/tls" $TLS_ARGS
 }
 
+get_testuid() {
+    id 2>/dev/null | sed 's/^[^0-9]*\([0-9][0-9]*\).*/\1/'
+}
+
 check_perms() {
     perms=`"$TOOLDIR/tls" "$1" | sed 's/^[-d]\(.........\).*/\1/'`
     if test $perms = $2; then
@@ -244,7 +271,7 @@ hosts allow = localhost 127.0.0.0/24 192.168.0.0/16 10.0.0.0/8 $hostname
 log file = $logfile
 log format = %i %h [%a] %m (%u) %l %f%L
 transfer logging = yes
-exclude = foobar.baz
+exclude = ? foobar.baz
 max verbosity = 9
 uid = 0
 gid = 0
@@ -252,14 +279,20 @@ gid = 0
 [test-from]
 	path = $fromdir
 	read only = yes
+	comment = r/o
 
 [test-to]
 	path = $todir
 	read only = no
+	comment = r/w
 
 [test-scratch]
 	path = $scratchdir
 	read only = no
+
+[test-hidden]
+	path = $fromdir
+	list = no
 EOF
 
     # Build a helper script to ignore exit code 23

testsuite/ssh-basic.test

@@ -10,20 +10,7 @@
 
 . "$suitedir/rsync.fns"
 
-SSH="$scratchdir/pretend-ssh"
-
-cat >"$SSH" <<'EOT'
-while : ; do
-    case "$1" in
-    -*) shift ;;
-    localhost) shift; break ;;
-    *) exit 1 ;;
-    esac
-done
-
-eval "${@}"
-EOT
-chmod +x "$SSH"
+SSH="$scratchdir/src/support/lsh"
 
 if test x"$rsync_enable_ssh_tests" = xyes; then
     if type ssh >/dev/null ; then
@@ -31,7 +18,7 @@ if test x"$rsync_enable_ssh_tests" = xyes; then
     fi
 fi
 
-if ! [ "`"$SSH" -o'BatchMode yes' localhost echo yes`" = "yes" ]; then
+if [ "`$SSH -o'BatchMode yes' localhost echo yes`" != "yes" ]; then
     test_skipped "Skipping SSH tests because ssh conection to localhost not authorised"
 fi
 

testsuite/unsafe-byname.test

@@ -19,33 +19,41 @@ test_unsafe() {
     fi
 }
 
-test_unsafe file		from			safe
-test_unsafe dir/file		from			safe
-test_unsafe dir/./file		from			safe
-test_unsafe dir/.		from			safe
-test_unsafe dir/		from			safe
+test_unsafe file			from				safe
+test_unsafe dir/file			from				safe
+test_unsafe dir/./file			from				safe
+test_unsafe dir/.			from				safe
+test_unsafe dir/			from				safe
 
-test_unsafe /etc/passwd		from			unsafe
-test_unsafe //../etc/passwd	from			unsafe
-test_unsafe //./etc/passwd	from			unsafe
+test_unsafe /etc/passwd 		from				unsafe
+test_unsafe //../etc/passwd		from				unsafe
+test_unsafe //./etc/passwd		from				unsafe
 
-test_unsafe ./foo		from			safe
-test_unsafe ../foo		from			unsafe
-test_unsafe ../dest		from/dir		safe
+test_unsafe ./foo			from				safe
+test_unsafe ../foo			from				unsafe
+test_unsafe ./../foo			from				unsafe
+test_unsafe .//../foo			from				unsafe
+test_unsafe ./../foo			from/..				unsafe
+test_unsafe ../dest			from/dir			safe
+test_unsafe ../../dest			from//dir			unsafe
+test_unsafe ..//../dest 		from/dir			unsafe
 
-test_unsafe ..			from/file		safe
-test_unsafe ../..		from/file		unsafe
-test_unsafe dir/..		from			safe
-test_unsafe dir/../..		from			unsafe
+test_unsafe ..				from/file			safe
+test_unsafe ../..			from/file			unsafe
+test_unsafe ..//..			from//file			unsafe
+test_unsafe dir/..			from				safe
+test_unsafe dir/../..			from				unsafe
+test_unsafe dir/..//..			from				unsafe
 
-test_unsafe ''                  from			unsafe
+test_unsafe ''				from				unsafe
 
 # Based on tests from unsafe-links by Vladim<69>r Michl
-test_unsafe ../../unsafe/unsafefile    from/safe	unsafe
-test_unsafe ../files/file1	       from/safe	safe
+test_unsafe ../../unsafe/unsafefile	from/safe			unsafe
+test_unsafe ..//../unsafe/unsafefile	from/safe			unsafe
+test_unsafe ../files/file1		from/safe			safe
 
-test_unsafe ../../unsafe/unsafefile    safe	unsafe
-test_unsafe ../files/file1	       safe	unsafe
+test_unsafe ../../unsafe/unsafefile	safe				unsafe
+test_unsafe ../files/file1		safe				unsafe
 
-test_unsafe ../../unsafe/unsafefile    `pwd`/from/safe	safe
-test_unsafe ../files/file1	       `pwd`/from/safe	safe
+test_unsafe ../../unsafe/unsafefile	`pwd`/from/safe			safe
+test_unsafe ../files/file1		`pwd`/from/safe			safe

testsuite/xattrs.test

@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ echo deeper >"$fromdir/foo/bar/file5"
 
 makepath "$chkdir/foo"
 echo wow >"$chkdir/file1"
-cp -p "$fromdir/foo/file3" "$chkdir/foo"
+cp_touch "$fromdir/foo/file3" "$chkdir/foo"
 
 files='foo file0 file1 file2 foo/file3 file4 foo/bar/file5'
 
@@ -64,6 +64,10 @@ xset user.foo foo file2
 xset user.bar bar file2
 xset user.long 'a long attribute for our new file that tests to ensure that this works' file2
 
+xset user.dir1 'need to test directory xattrs too' foo
+xset user.dir2 'another xattr' foo
+xset user.dir3 'this is one last one for the moment' foo
+
 xset user.foo 'new foo' foo/file3 foo/bar/file5
 xset user.bar 'new bar' foo/file3 foo/bar/file5
 xset user.long 'this is also a long attribute that will be truncated in the initial data send' foo/file3 foo/bar/file5
@@ -91,12 +95,16 @@ cd "$todir"
 xls $files | diff $diffopt "$scratchdir/xattrs.txt" -
 
 cd "$fromdir"
-xset user.nice 'this is nice, but different' file1
-
-xls $files >"$scratchdir/xattrs.txt"
-
 rm -rf "$todir"
 
+xset user.nice 'this is nice, but different' file1
+
+checkit "$RSYNC -aiX --fake-super . ../chk" "$fromdir" "$chkdir"
+
+cd "$chkdir"
+xls $files >"$scratchdir/xattrs.txt"
+
+cd "$fromdir"
 checkit "$RSYNC -aiX --fake-super --link-dest=../chk . ../to" "$chkdir" "$todir"
 
 cd "$todir"
@@ -109,5 +117,31 @@ if [ -s "$scratchdir/ls-diff" ]; then
     exit 1
 fi
 
+cd "$fromdir"
+rm -rf "$todir" "$chkdir"
+
+$RSYNC -aX file1 file2
+$RSYNC -aX file1 file2 ../chk/
+$RSYNC -aX --del ../chk/ .
+$RSYNC -aX file1 ../lnk/
+
+xls file1 file2 >"$scratchdir/xattrs.txt"
+
+checkit "$RSYNC -aiiX --copy-dest=../lnk . ../to" "$chkdir" "$todir"
+
+cd "$todir"
+xls file1 file2 | diff $diffopt "$scratchdir/xattrs.txt" -
+
+cd "$fromdir"
+rm "$todir/file2"
+
+echo extra >file1
+$RSYNC -aX . ../chk/
+
+checkit "$RSYNC -aiiX . ../to" "$chkdir" "$todir"
+
+cd "$todir"
+xls file1 file2 | diff $diffopt "$scratchdir/xattrs.txt" -
+
 # The script would have aborted on error, so getting here means we've won.
 exit 0

tls.c

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
  * Trivial ls for comparing two directories after running an rsync.
  *
  * Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2008 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2009 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -45,6 +45,8 @@ int dry_run = 0;
 int am_root = 0;
 int read_only = 1;
 int list_only = 0;
+int link_times = 0;
+int link_owner = 0;
 int preserve_perms = 0;
 int preserve_executability = 0;
 
@@ -134,12 +136,14 @@ static void list_file(const char *fname)
 
 	/* On some BSD platforms the mode bits of a symlink are
 	 * undefined.  Also it tends not to be possible to reset a
-	 * symlink's mtime, so we have to ignore it too. */
+	 * symlink's mtime, so we default to ignoring it too. */
 	if (S_ISLNK(buf.st_mode)) {
 		int len;
 		buf.st_mode &= ~0777;
-		buf.st_mtime = (time_t)0;
-		buf.st_uid = buf.st_gid = 0;
+		if (!link_times)
+			buf.st_mtime = (time_t)0;
+		if (!link_owner)
+			buf.st_uid = buf.st_gid = 0;
 		strlcpy(linkbuf, " -> ", sizeof linkbuf);
 		/* const-cast required for silly UNICOS headers */
 		len = readlink((char *) fname, linkbuf+4, sizeof(linkbuf) - 4);
@@ -184,6 +188,8 @@ static void list_file(const char *fname)
 
 static struct poptOption long_options[] = {
   /* longName, shortName, argInfo, argPtr, value, descrip, argDesc */
+  {"link-times",      'l', POPT_ARG_NONE,   &link_times, 0, 0, 0 },
+  {"link-owner",      'L', POPT_ARG_NONE,   &link_owner, 0, 0, 0 },
 #ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
   {"fake-super",      'f', POPT_ARG_VAL,    &am_root, -1, 0, 0 },
 #endif
@@ -197,6 +203,8 @@ static void tls_usage(int ret)
   fprintf(F,"usage: " PROGRAM " [OPTIONS] FILE ...\n");
   fprintf(F,"Trivial file listing program for portably checking rsync\n");
   fprintf(F,"\nOptions:\n");
+  fprintf(F," -l, --link-times            display the time on a symlink\n");
+  fprintf(F," -L, --link-owner            display the owner+group on a symlink\n");
 #ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
   fprintf(F," -f, --fake-super            display attributes including fake-super xattrs\n");
 #endif

token.c

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (C) 1996 Andrew Tridgell
  * Copyright (C) 1996 Paul Mackerras
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2008 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2009 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -45,12 +45,12 @@ static void add_suffix(struct suffix_tree **prior, char ltr, const char *str)
 
 	if (ltr == '[') {
 		const char *after = strchr(str, ']');
-		/* Just skip bogus character classes. */
-		if (!after++)
+		/* Treat "[foo" and "[]" as having a literal '['. */
+		if (after && after++ != str+1) {
+			while ((ltr = *str++) != ']')
+				add_suffix(prior, ltr, after);
 			return;
-		while ((ltr = *str++) != ']')
-			add_suffix(prior, ltr, after);
-		return;
+		}
 	}
 
 	for (node = *prior; node; prior = &node->sibling, node = node->sibling) {
@@ -100,7 +100,6 @@ static void add_nocompress_suffixes(const char *str)
 		} while (*++f != '/' && *f);
 		*t++ = '\0';
 
-		fprintf(stderr, "adding `%s'\n", buf);
 		add_suffix(&suftree, *buf, buf+1);
 	}
 
@@ -599,7 +598,7 @@ static void see_deflate_token(char *buf, int32 len)
 		rx_strm.next_out = (Bytef *)dbuf;
 		rx_strm.avail_out = AVAIL_OUT_SIZE(CHUNK_SIZE);
 		r = inflate(&rx_strm, Z_SYNC_FLUSH);
-		if (r != Z_OK) {
+		if (r != Z_OK && r != Z_BUF_ERROR) {
 			rprintf(FERROR, "inflate (token) returned %d\n", r);
 			exit_cleanup(RERR_STREAMIO);
 		}

uidlist.c

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (C) 1996 Andrew Tridgell
  * Copyright (C) 1996 Paul Mackerras
- * Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2004-2009 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by

util.c

@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
  * Copyright (C) 1996-2000 Andrew Tridgell
  * Copyright (C) 1996 Paul Mackerras
  * Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2008 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2009 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -29,6 +29,7 @@ extern int module_id;
 extern int modify_window;
 extern int relative_paths;
 extern int human_readable;
+extern int preserve_xattrs;
 extern char *module_dir;
 extern unsigned int module_dirlen;
 extern mode_t orig_umask;
@@ -264,6 +265,8 @@ static int safe_read(int desc, char *ptr, size_t len)
 
 /* Copy a file.  If ofd < 0, copy_file unlinks and opens the "dest" file.
  * Otherwise, it just writes to and closes the provided file descriptor.
+ * In either case, if --xattrs are being preserved, the dest file will
+ * have its xattrs set from the source file.
  *
  * This is used in conjunction with the --temp-dir, --backup, and
  * --copy-dest options. */
@@ -275,38 +278,54 @@ int copy_file(const char *source, const char *dest, int ofd,
 	int len;   /* Number of bytes read into `buf'. */
 
 	if ((ifd = do_open(source, O_RDONLY, 0)) < 0) {
+		int save_errno = errno;
 		rsyserr(FERROR_XFER, errno, "open %s", full_fname(source));
+		errno = save_errno;
 		return -1;
 	}
 
 	if (ofd < 0) {
 		if (robust_unlink(dest) && errno != ENOENT) {
+			int save_errno = errno;
 			rsyserr(FERROR_XFER, errno, "unlink %s", full_fname(dest));
+			errno = save_errno;
 			return -1;
 		}
 
-		if ((ofd = do_open(dest, O_WRONLY | O_CREAT | O_TRUNC | O_EXCL, mode)) < 0
-		 && (!create_bak_dir || errno != ENOENT || make_bak_dir(dest) < 0
-		  || (ofd = do_open(dest, O_WRONLY | O_CREAT | O_TRUNC | O_EXCL, mode)) < 0)) {
-			rsyserr(FERROR_XFER, errno, "open %s", full_fname(dest));
-			close(ifd);
-			return -1;
+		if ((ofd = do_open(dest, O_WRONLY | O_CREAT | O_TRUNC | O_EXCL, mode)) < 0) {
+			int save_errno = errno ? errno : EINVAL; /* 0 paranoia */
+			if (create_bak_dir && errno == ENOENT && make_bak_dir(dest) == 0) {
+				if ((ofd = do_open(dest, O_WRONLY | O_CREAT | O_TRUNC | O_EXCL, mode)) < 0)
+					save_errno = errno ? errno : save_errno;
+				else
+					save_errno = 0;
+			}
+			if (save_errno) {
+				rsyserr(FERROR_XFER, save_errno, "open %s", full_fname(dest));
+				close(ifd);
+				errno = save_errno;
+				return -1;
+			}
 		}
 	}
 
 	while ((len = safe_read(ifd, buf, sizeof buf)) > 0) {
 		if (full_write(ofd, buf, len) < 0) {
+			int save_errno = errno;
 			rsyserr(FERROR_XFER, errno, "write %s", full_fname(dest));
 			close(ifd);
 			close(ofd);
+			errno = save_errno;
 			return -1;
 		}
 	}
 
 	if (len < 0) {
+		int save_errno = errno;
 		rsyserr(FERROR_XFER, errno, "read %s", full_fname(source));
 		close(ifd);
 		close(ofd);
+		errno = save_errno;
 		return -1;
 	}
 
@@ -316,11 +335,18 @@ int copy_file(const char *source, const char *dest, int ofd,
 	}
 
 	if (close(ofd) < 0) {
+		int save_errno = errno;
 		rsyserr(FERROR_XFER, errno, "close failed on %s",
 			full_fname(dest));
+		errno = save_errno;
 		return -1;
 	}
 
+#ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
+	if (preserve_xattrs)
+		copy_xattrs(source, dest);
+#endif
+
 	return 0;
 }
 
@@ -401,14 +427,17 @@ int robust_rename(const char *from, const char *to, const char *partialptr,
 		switch (errno) {
 #ifdef ETXTBSY
 		case ETXTBSY:
-			if (robust_unlink(to) != 0)
+			if (robust_unlink(to) != 0) {
+				errno = ETXTBSY;
 				return -1;
+			}
+			errno = ETXTBSY;
 			break;
 #endif
 		case EXDEV:
 			if (partialptr) {
 				if (!handle_partial_dir(partialptr,PDIR_CREATE))
-					return -1;
+					return -2;
 				to = partialptr;
 			}
 			if (copy_file(from, to, -1, mode, 0) != 0)
@@ -582,7 +611,7 @@ static inline void call_glob_match(const char *name, int len, int from_glob,
 	} else
 		use_buf = glob.arg_buf;
 
-	if (from_glob || arg) {
+	if (from_glob || (arg && len)) {
 		STRUCT_STAT st;
 		int is_dir;
 
@@ -777,7 +806,8 @@ int count_dir_elements(const char *p)
 	return cnt;
 }
 
-/* Turns multiple adjacent slashes into a single slash, drops all leading or
+/* Turns multiple adjacent slashes into a single slash (possible exception:
+ * the preserving of two leading slashes at the start), drops all leading or
  * interior "." elements unless CFN_KEEP_DOT_DIRS is flagged.  Will also drop
  * a trailing '.' after a '/' if CFN_DROP_TRAILING_DOT_DIR is flagged, removes
  * a trailing slash (perhaps after removing the aforementioned dot) unless
@@ -792,9 +822,16 @@ unsigned int clean_fname(char *name, int flags)
 	if (!name)
 		return 0;
 
-	if ((anchored = *f == '/') != 0)
+	if ((anchored = *f == '/') != 0) {
 		*t++ = *f++;
-	else if (flags & CFN_KEEP_DOT_DIRS && *f == '.' && f[1] == '/') {
+#ifdef __CYGWIN__
+		/* If there are exactly 2 slashes at the start, preserve
+		 * them.  Would break daemon excludes unless the paths are
+		 * really treated differently, so used this sparingly. */
+		if (*f == '/' && f[1] != '/')
+			*t++ = *f++;
+#endif
+	} else if (flags & CFN_KEEP_DOT_DIRS && *f == '.' && f[1] == '/') {
 		*t++ = *f++;
 		*t++ = *f++;
 	}
@@ -950,7 +987,10 @@ int change_dir(const char *dir, int set_path_only)
 
 	if (!initialised) {
 		initialised = 1;
-		getcwd(curr_dir, sizeof curr_dir - 1);
+		if (getcwd(curr_dir, sizeof curr_dir - 1) == NULL) {
+			rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "getcwd()");
+			exit_cleanup(RERR_FILESELECT);
+		}
 		curr_dir_len = strlen(curr_dir);
 	}
 
@@ -996,6 +1036,34 @@ int change_dir(const char *dir, int set_path_only)
 	return 1;
 }
 
+/* This will make a relative path absolute and clean it up via clean_fname().
+ * Returns the string, which might be newly allocated, or NULL on error. */
+char *normalize_path(char *path, BOOL force_newbuf, unsigned int *len_ptr)
+{
+	unsigned int len;
+
+	if (*path != '/') { /* Make path absolute. */
+		int len = strlen(path);
+		if (curr_dir_len + 1 + len >= sizeof curr_dir)
+			return NULL;
+		curr_dir[curr_dir_len] = '/';
+		memcpy(curr_dir + curr_dir_len + 1, path, len + 1);
+		if (!(path = strdup(curr_dir)))
+			out_of_memory("normalize_path");
+		curr_dir[curr_dir_len] = '\0';
+	} else if (force_newbuf) {
+		if (!(path = strdup(path)))
+			out_of_memory("normalize_path");
+	}
+
+	len = clean_fname(path, CFN_COLLAPSE_DOT_DOT_DIRS | CFN_DROP_TRAILING_DOT_DIR);
+
+	if (len_ptr)
+		*len_ptr = len;
+
+	return path;
+}
+
 /**
  * Return a quoted string with the full pathname of the indicated filename.
  * The string " (in MODNAME)" may also be appended.  The returned pointer
@@ -1083,12 +1151,16 @@ int handle_partial_dir(const char *fname, int create)
 		STRUCT_STAT st;
 		int statret = do_lstat(dir, &st);
 		if (statret == 0 && !S_ISDIR(st.st_mode)) {
-			if (do_unlink(dir) < 0)
+			if (do_unlink(dir) < 0) {
+				*fn = '/';
 				return 0;
+			}
 			statret = -1;
 		}
-		if (statret < 0 && do_mkdir(dir, 0700) < 0)
+		if (statret < 0 && do_mkdir(dir, 0700) < 0) {
+			*fn = '/';
 			return 0;
+		}
 	} else
 		do_rmdir(dir);
 	*fn = '/';
@@ -1096,12 +1168,13 @@ int handle_partial_dir(const char *fname, int create)
 	return 1;
 }
 
-/**
- * Determine if a symlink points outside the current directory tree.
+/* Determine if a symlink points outside the current directory tree.
  * This is considered "unsafe" because e.g. when mirroring somebody
  * else's machine it might allow them to establish a symlink to
  * /etc/passwd, and then read it through a web server.
  *
+ * Returns 1 if unsafe, 0 if safe.
+ *
  * Null symlinks and absolute symlinks are always unsafe.
  *
  * Basically here we are concerned with symlinks whose target contains
@@ -1109,17 +1182,11 @@ int handle_partial_dir(const char *fname, int create)
  * transferred directory.  We are not allowed to go back up and
  * reenter.
  *
- * @param dest Target of the symlink in question.
+ * "dest" is the target of the symlink in question.
  *
- * @param src Top source directory currently applicable.  Basically this
- * is the first parameter to rsync in a simple invocation, but it's
- * modified by flist.c in slightly complex ways.
- *
- * @retval True if unsafe
- * @retval False is unsafe
- *
- * @sa t_unsafe.c
- **/
+ * "src" is the top source directory currently applicable at the level
+ * of the referenced symlink.  This is usually the symlink's full path
+ * (including its name), as referenced from the root of the transfer. */
 int unsafe_symlink(const char *dest, const char *src)
 {
 	const char *name, *slash;
@@ -1131,35 +1198,57 @@ int unsafe_symlink(const char *dest, const char *src)
 
 	/* find out what our safety margin is */
 	for (name = src; (slash = strchr(name, '/')) != 0; name = slash+1) {
-		if (strncmp(name, "../", 3) == 0) {
-			depth = 0;
-		} else if (strncmp(name, "./", 2) == 0) {
-			/* nothing */
-		} else {
+		/* ".." segment starts the count over.  "." segment is ignored. */
+		if (*name == '.' && (name[1] == '/' || (name[1] == '.' && name[2] == '/'))) {
+			if (name[1] == '.')
+				depth = 0;
+		} else
 			depth++;
-		}
+		while (slash[1] == '/') slash++; /* just in case src isn't clean */
 	}
-	if (strcmp(name, "..") == 0)
+	if (*name == '.' && name[1] == '.' && name[2] == '\0')
 		depth = 0;
 
 	for (name = dest; (slash = strchr(name, '/')) != 0; name = slash+1) {
-		if (strncmp(name, "../", 3) == 0) {
-			/* if at any point we go outside the current directory
-			   then stop - it is unsafe */
-			if (--depth < 0)
-				return 1;
-		} else if (strncmp(name, "./", 2) == 0) {
-			/* nothing */
-		} else {
+		if (*name == '.' && (name[1] == '/' || (name[1] == '.' && name[2] == '/'))) {
+			if (name[1] == '.') {
+				/* if at any point we go outside the current directory
+				   then stop - it is unsafe */
+				if (--depth < 0)
+					return 1;
+			}
+		} else
 			depth++;
-		}
+		while (slash[1] == '/') slash++;
 	}
-	if (strcmp(name, "..") == 0)
+	if (*name == '.' && name[1] == '.' && name[2] == '\0')
 		depth--;
 
-	return (depth < 0);
+	return depth < 0;
 }
 
+#define HUMANIFY(mult) \
+	do { \
+		if (num >= mult || num <= -mult) { \
+			double dnum = (double)num / mult; \
+			char units; \
+			if (num < 0) \
+				dnum = -dnum; \
+			if (dnum < mult) \
+				units = 'K'; \
+			else if ((dnum /= mult) < mult) \
+				units = 'M'; \
+			else { \
+				dnum /= mult; \
+				units = 'G'; \
+			} \
+			if (num < 0) \
+				dnum = -dnum; \
+			snprintf(bufs[n], sizeof bufs[0], "%.2f%c", dnum, units); \
+			return bufs[n]; \
+		} \
+	} while (0)
+
 /* Return the int64 number as a string.  If the --human-readable option was
  * specified, we may output the number in K, M, or G units.  We can return
  * up to 4 buffers at a time. */
@@ -1168,27 +1257,15 @@ char *human_num(int64 num)
 	static char bufs[4][128]; /* more than enough room */
 	static unsigned int n;
 	char *s;
+	int negated;
 
 	n = (n + 1) % (sizeof bufs / sizeof bufs[0]);
 
 	if (human_readable) {
-		char units = '\0';
-		int mult = human_readable == 1 ? 1000 : 1024;
-		double dnum = 0;
-		if (num > mult*mult*mult) {
-			dnum = (double)num / (mult*mult*mult);
-			units = 'G';
-		} else if (num > mult*mult) {
-			dnum = (double)num / (mult*mult);
-			units = 'M';
-		} else if (num > mult) {
-			dnum = (double)num / mult;
-			units = 'K';
-		}
-		if (units) {
-			snprintf(bufs[n], sizeof bufs[0], "%.2f%c", dnum, units);
-			return bufs[n];
-		}
+		if (human_readable == 1)
+			HUMANIFY(1000);
+		else
+			HUMANIFY(1024);
 	}
 
 	s = bufs[n] + sizeof bufs[0] - 1;
@@ -1196,10 +1273,23 @@ char *human_num(int64 num)
 
 	if (!num)
 		*--s = '0';
+	if (num < 0) {
+		/* A maximum-size negated number can't fit as a positive,
+		 * so do one digit in negated form to start us off. */
+		*--s = (char)(-(num % 10)) + '0';
+		num = -(num / 10);
+		negated = 1;
+	} else
+		negated = 0;
+
 	while (num) {
 		*--s = (char)(num % 10) + '0';
 		num /= 10;
 	}
+
+	if (negated)
+		*--s = '-';
+
 	return s;
 }
 
@@ -1212,8 +1302,8 @@ char *human_dnum(double dnum, int decimal_digits)
 	int len = strlen(buf);
 	if (isDigit(buf + len - 1)) {
 		/* There's extra room in buf prior to the start of the num. */
-		buf -= decimal_digits + 1;
-		snprintf(buf, len + decimal_digits + 2, "%.*f", decimal_digits, dnum);
+		buf -= decimal_digits + 2;
+		snprintf(buf, len + decimal_digits + 3, "%.*f", decimal_digits, dnum);
 	}
 	return buf;
 }
@@ -1537,6 +1627,39 @@ int bitbag_next_bit(struct bitbag *bb, int after)
 	return -1;
 }
 
+void flist_ndx_push(flist_ndx_list *lp, int ndx)
+{
+	struct flist_ndx_item *item;
+
+	if (!(item = new(struct flist_ndx_item)))
+		out_of_memory("flist_ndx_push");
+	item->next = NULL;
+	item->ndx = ndx;
+	if (lp->tail)
+		lp->tail->next = item;
+	else
+		lp->head = item;
+	lp->tail = item;
+}
+
+int flist_ndx_pop(flist_ndx_list *lp)
+{
+	struct flist_ndx_item *next;
+	int ndx;
+
+	if (!lp->head)
+		return -1;
+
+	ndx = lp->head->ndx;
+	next = lp->head->next;
+	free(lp->head);
+	lp->head = next;
+	if (!next)
+		lp->tail = NULL;
+
+	return ndx;
+}
+
 void *expand_item_list(item_list *lp, size_t item_size,
 		       const char *desc, int incr)
 {

wildtest.c

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Test suite for the wildmatch code.
  *
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2008 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2009 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by

xattrs.c

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
  * Written by Jay Fenlason, vaguely based on the ACLs patch.
  *
  * Copyright (C) 2004 Red Hat, Inc.
- * Copyright (C) 2006-2008 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2006-2009 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -44,9 +44,9 @@ extern int checksum_seed;
 
 #define XATTR_ABBREV(x) ((size_t)((x).name - (x).datum) < (x).datum_len)
 
-#define XSTATE_ABBREV	0
-#define XSTATE_DONE	1
-#define XSTATE_TODO	2
+#define XSTATE_ABBREV	1
+#define XSTATE_DONE	2
+#define XSTATE_TODO	3
 
 #define USER_PREFIX "user."
 #define UPRE_LEN ((int)sizeof USER_PREFIX - 1)
@@ -81,6 +81,8 @@ static char *namebuf = NULL;
 static item_list empty_xattr = EMPTY_ITEM_LIST;
 static item_list rsync_xal_l = EMPTY_ITEM_LIST;
 
+static size_t prior_xattr_count = (size_t)-1;
+
 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 
 static void rsync_xal_free(item_list *xalp)
@@ -178,8 +180,9 @@ static char *get_xattr_data(const char *fname, const char *name, size_t *len_ptr
 
 	if (!datum_len && !extra_len)
 		extra_len = 1; /* request non-zero amount of memory */
-	if (datum_len + extra_len < datum_len /* checks for overflow */
-	 || !(ptr = new_array(char, datum_len + extra_len)))
+	if (datum_len + extra_len < datum_len)
+		overflow_exit("get_xattr_data");
+	if (!(ptr = new_array(char, datum_len + extra_len)))
 		out_of_memory("get_xattr_data");
 
 	if (datum_len) {
@@ -209,7 +212,7 @@ static int rsync_xal_get(const char *fname, item_list *xalp)
 	size_t datum_len, name_offset;
 	char *name, *ptr;
 #ifdef HAVE_LINUX_XATTRS
-	int user_only = am_sender ? 0 : !am_root;
+	int user_only = am_sender ? 0 : am_root <= 0;
 #endif
 	rsync_xa *rxa;
 	int count;
@@ -287,6 +290,48 @@ int get_xattr(const char *fname, stat_x *sxp)
 	return 0;
 }
 
+int copy_xattrs(const char *source, const char *dest)
+{
+	ssize_t list_len, name_len;
+	size_t datum_len;
+	char *name, *ptr;
+#ifdef HAVE_LINUX_XATTRS
+	int user_only = am_root <= 0;
+#endif
+
+	/* This puts the name list into the "namebuf" buffer. */
+	if ((list_len = get_xattr_names(source)) < 0)
+		return -1;
+
+	for (name = namebuf; list_len > 0; name += name_len) {
+		name_len = strlen(name) + 1;
+		list_len -= name_len;
+
+#ifdef HAVE_LINUX_XATTRS
+		/* We always ignore the system namespace, and non-root
+		 * ignores everything but the user namespace. */
+		if (user_only ? !HAS_PREFIX(name, USER_PREFIX)
+			      : HAS_PREFIX(name, SYSTEM_PREFIX))
+			continue;
+#endif
+
+		datum_len = 0;
+		if (!(ptr = get_xattr_data(source, name, &datum_len, 0)))
+			return -1;
+		if (sys_lsetxattr(dest, name, ptr, datum_len) < 0) {
+			int save_errno = errno ? errno : EINVAL;
+			rsyserr(FERROR_XFER, errno,
+				"rsync_xal_set: lsetxattr(\"%s\",\"%s\") failed",
+				dest, name);
+			errno = save_errno;
+			return -1;
+		}
+		free(ptr);
+	}
+
+	return 0;
+}
+
 static int find_matching_xattr(item_list *xalp)
 {
 	size_t i, j;
@@ -460,9 +505,11 @@ int xattr_diff(struct file_struct *file, stat_x *sxp, int find_all)
 	return !xattrs_equal;
 }
 
-/* When called by the generator with a NULL fname, this tells the sender
- * which abbreviated xattr values we need.  When called by the sender
- * (with a non-NULL fname), we send all the extra xattr data it needs. */
+/* When called by the generator (with a NULL fname), this tells the sender
+ * all the abbreviated xattr values we need.  When called by the sender
+ * (with a non-NULL fname), we send all the extra xattr data it needs.
+ * The generator may also call with f_out < 0 to just change all the
+ * XSTATE_ABBREV states into XSTATE_DONE. */
 void send_xattr_request(const char *fname, struct file_struct *file, int f_out)
 {
 	item_list *lst = rsync_xal_l.items;
@@ -481,6 +528,7 @@ void send_xattr_request(const char *fname, struct file_struct *file, int f_out)
 				rxa->datum[0] = XSTATE_DONE;
 			continue;
 		case XSTATE_TODO:
+			assert(f_out >= 0);
 			break;
 		default:
 			continue;
@@ -509,7 +557,8 @@ void send_xattr_request(const char *fname, struct file_struct *file, int f_out)
 		}
 	}
 
-	write_byte(f_out, 0); /* end the list */
+	if (f_out >= 0)
+		write_byte(f_out, 0); /* end the list */
 }
 
 /* When called by the sender, read the request from the generator and mark
@@ -543,8 +592,9 @@ int recv_xattr_request(struct file_struct *file, int f_in)
 				who_am_i(), num, f_name(file, NULL));
 			exit_cleanup(RERR_STREAMIO);
 		}
-		if (rxa->datum_len <= MAX_FULL_DATUM || rxa->datum[0] != XSTATE_ABBREV) {
-			rprintf(FERROR, "[%s] internal abbrev error!\n", who_am_i());
+		if (!XATTR_ABBREV(*rxa) || rxa->datum[0] != XSTATE_ABBREV) {
+			rprintf(FERROR, "[%s] internal abbrev error on %s (%s, len=%ld)!\n",
+				who_am_i(), f_name(file, NULL), rxa->name, (long)rxa->datum_len);
 			exit_cleanup(RERR_STREAMIO);
 		}
 
@@ -557,7 +607,7 @@ int recv_xattr_request(struct file_struct *file, int f_in)
 		rxa->datum_len = read_varint(f_in);
 
 		if (rxa->name_len + rxa->datum_len < rxa->name_len)
-			out_of_memory("recv_xattr_request"); /* overflow */
+			overflow_exit("recv_xattr_request");
 		rxa->datum = new_array(char, rxa->datum_len + rxa->name_len);
 		if (!rxa->datum)
 			out_of_memory("recv_xattr_request");
@@ -609,10 +659,9 @@ void receive_xattr(struct file_struct *file, int f)
 		size_t datum_len = read_varint(f);
 		size_t dget_len = datum_len > MAX_FULL_DATUM ? 1 + MAX_DIGEST_LEN : datum_len;
 		size_t extra_len = MIGHT_NEED_RPRE ? RPRE_LEN : 0;
-		if (dget_len + extra_len < dget_len)
-			out_of_memory("receive_xattr"); /* overflow */
-		if (dget_len + extra_len + name_len < dget_len)
-			out_of_memory("receive_xattr"); /* overflow */
+		if ((dget_len + extra_len < dget_len)
+		 || (dget_len + extra_len + name_len < dget_len))
+			overflow_exit("receive_xattr");
 		ptr = new_array(char, dget_len + extra_len + name_len);
 		if (!ptr)
 			out_of_memory("receive_xattr");
@@ -677,13 +726,15 @@ void receive_xattr(struct file_struct *file, int f)
 
 /* Turn the xattr data in stat_x into cached xattr data, setting the index
  * values in the file struct. */
-void cache_xattr(struct file_struct *file, stat_x *sxp)
+void cache_tmp_xattr(struct file_struct *file, stat_x *sxp)
 {
 	int ndx;
 
 	if (!sxp->xattr)
 		return;
 
+	if (prior_xattr_count == (size_t)-1)
+		prior_xattr_count = rsync_xal_l.count;
 	ndx = find_matching_xattr(sxp->xattr);
 	if (ndx < 0)
 		rsync_xal_store(sxp->xattr); /* adds item to rsync_xal_l */
@@ -691,6 +742,21 @@ void cache_xattr(struct file_struct *file, stat_x *sxp)
 	F_XATTR(file) = ndx;
 }
 
+void uncache_tmp_xattrs(void)
+{
+	if (prior_xattr_count != (size_t)-1) {
+		item_list *xattr_item = rsync_xal_l.items;
+		item_list *xattr_start = xattr_item + prior_xattr_count;
+		xattr_item += rsync_xal_l.count;
+		rsync_xal_l.count = prior_xattr_count;
+		while (xattr_item-- > xattr_start) {
+			rsync_xal_free(xattr_item);
+			free(xattr_item->items);
+		}
+		prior_xattr_count = (size_t)-1;
+	}
+}
+
 static int rsync_xal_set(const char *fname, item_list *xalp,
 			 const char *fnamecmp, stat_x *sxp)
 {
@@ -698,6 +764,9 @@ static int rsync_xal_set(const char *fname, item_list *xalp,
 	ssize_t list_len;
 	size_t i, len;
 	char *name, *ptr, sum[MAX_DIGEST_LEN];
+#ifdef HAVE_LINUX_XATTRS
+	int user_only = am_root <= 0;
+#endif
 	size_t name_len;
 	int ret = 0;
 
@@ -773,8 +842,8 @@ static int rsync_xal_set(const char *fname, item_list *xalp,
 #ifdef HAVE_LINUX_XATTRS
 		/* We always ignore the system namespace, and non-root
 		 * ignores everything but the user namespace. */
-		if (am_root ? HAS_PREFIX(name, SYSTEM_PREFIX)
-			    : !HAS_PREFIX(name, USER_PREFIX))
+		if (user_only ? !HAS_PREFIX(name, USER_PREFIX)
+			      : HAS_PREFIX(name, SYSTEM_PREFIX))
 			continue;
 #endif
 		if (am_root < 0 && name_len > RPRE_LEN
@@ -920,7 +989,7 @@ int set_stat_xattr(const char *fname, struct file_struct *file, mode_t new_mode)
 	fst.st_mode &= (_S_IFMT | CHMOD_BITS);
 	fmode = new_mode & (_S_IFMT | CHMOD_BITS);
 
-	if (IS_DEVICE(fmode) || IS_SPECIAL(fmode)) {
+	if (IS_DEVICE(fmode)) {
 		uint32 *devp = F_RDEV_P(file);
 		rdev = MAKEDEV(DEV_MAJOR(devp), DEV_MINOR(devp));
 	} else
@@ -931,7 +1000,7 @@ int set_stat_xattr(const char *fname, struct file_struct *file, mode_t new_mode)
 	     | (S_ISDIR(fst.st_mode) ? 0700 : 0600);
 	if (fst.st_mode != mode)
 		do_chmod(fname, mode);
-	if (!IS_DEVICE(fst.st_mode) && !IS_SPECIAL(fst.st_mode))
+	if (!IS_DEVICE(fst.st_mode))
 		fst.st_rdev = 0; /* just in case */
 
 	if (mode == fmode && fst.st_rdev == rdev